234
NAS-NS-3060 RA OF NEPTWWM’I NUCLEAR SCIENCE SERIES National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council f%blished by Techniml lnforrmation Center, Office of Information !+rvices UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION

The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

NAS-NS-3060

RAOF NEPTWWM’I

NUCLEAR SCIENCE SERIES

National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council

f%blished by

Techniml lnforrmation Center, Office of Information !+rvices

UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION

Page 2: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

COMMITTEE ON NUCLEAR SCIENCE:

D.A. Bromtoy,CYreinnm, Ydo UnivorsiW

C. It. Rood,Ex.cutiveSucretav, NationalAcwarny of Scimcos

Victor P. Bad, 8rookhwen Nstiorul I..aborwcrry

GrWXYR. Choppm.FlorickStaWUnivwsity

HornwnFedtbuh, M~unttx InstituteofTtinology

R-I L. Heath,AoroJotNuclowCo., inc.

SorndKahn,NationslEnvwmwnontalf?osasrchContor,EPA

+ ~, BrooldwwonNational LMnwImry

SMdorr Woiff,Uniwrsityof CaliforniaMti(zl Centw

tin R. f4uizwtgs.Univaaity of %chestar

G.C. Phillips,RicaUniwraii

AloxmdorZuckor,OakRdga NJtions\Labowtory

Liaison Wmbors

JohnMcElhin~, -vat HonDr&ILaboratory

WilUomS. Rodnw, NotionolSciencoFound@tIon

G- Rw, U. S. Atomic ErwrgyCommmion

Subcommittaa on Rulkx4timmistry

GrWMVR. Choppin,ChmrrMn,FloridaStsto Univorsitv

RaymondDavi&Jr.,BrookhawnNatrorulLdmrstory

GlarrE. Cbdom. UnivusiWof MWYland

Rdfo Horbor,flutgomUnivwsiW

JdhnA. MidtolcLawrottaRadiationLabor.tcw

C3.O.O’KoitoV,OakRidw NationalLaborMo w

RichordW,Perkins,PacificNorthwwttiti~t~

An&owF. Stohrwy,Ar~ns NationalLsbaaltory

KurtWolfsbsr&LrMAlwnosScientificLdtrmtorv

Page 3: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

NASWS3M0AECIXstrtitum (htqory UC.4

NO TICC .—~

Thb report w-i prcprd●s m sccmmt W WCUksponsord by Ihc United Stbms Go wmmcnl. !WKheruu Unitrd SIat- n- I* unit*d >t~lm AtOm~ ~IUWY fCommMioa. nor ●ny of Ihcti rmployti. not any ofttw~ convactom. wxootrwwm, or tiww ●m*yrn,

nubs m Y warranty. ●IWOMW ImpI&d. of snumm MY ]w MWIYY a rexpmdbdit) f~ Ih* SCCUX). COm- [*Ie*9a 0. u=f ul*9 Of -Y iafwmmkn. •PPu~t~. i

pmducl or p.omu ducloud. os Icfm9rnls WI*1 its M8C [would not mfr.- prwatdy owned rtchm. I

A——. — —-------—-- —-—

HADIOCHEMISTRY OF NEIPTUNIIUM

by

G. A. krneyand

R. M. Harbour

Savannah River Laborat cIryE. 1. du Pent de Nemours, G Co.

Aiken, South Carolina U3801

Prepared for Subcommittee on Radiochwnktry

National Academy of Sciences - Nationa I Research Council

IssuancffDate: Dacewnber191~1

Published byTechnical Information Center, office of Information Sewices

lu~lTE~ STATES ATOMIC ENERGY (:OMMl:~l(JN

Page 4: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

This paper was prepared in connection with work under Contract

No. AT(07-2)-l with the U. S. Atomic Energy Cmaission. By●cceptance of this paper, the publisher and/or recipientacknowledges the U. S. Government’s ri[~ht to retain a non-exclusive, royalty-free license in and to any copyright cover-ing this paper, along with the right to reproduce and toauthorize others to reproduce all or part of the copyrightedpaper.

~-*~mdM---.,.-.. .. .... . . .—...— - ,,———. .- —---

Page 5: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

ForewordThe S&committee on Hadmchemiswy is one of a number o’f iubcommitmes working under tl~eCommittee on Nuclear ‘Sciencewithin the Natmnal Academ} of Sciences-National ResearchCounci 1. i !s members representgovernment, industrial and (UniversityIaboratories in Ihe areasof rrucfmrchemistrvand analytical chemistry.

The Subcommittee has concerned itwlf with th~ are,~ of nuclear science which revolvethe chemist. such as the collectmn and distribu$eon ID”radiochemlcal procedures, thertitochemicai purity of reqpnts. the piace o! radiochmnistry in college and universityPfOiFams.and radiochemistrv in environmental soence.

Th!mseries of rnmwxyaphs has qown out of the need for cornpilat!ons of radiochemicalinformation, procedures. and techmques. The S@committew has endwvored to present a serwsthat will b d maximum use to the working scientist. Each monogrwh presents pertinentinformation rmqwredfor radiochcrnical work with an indivm!ualelement or with a specializedtechnrque.

Exprts in the Particulu radmcfwrnical technique have vvrittm the monographs. TheAtomic Eneruv Commission has sponsod the printing of tht sems.

TM Sukomrrtittee is confident these publications will te useful not only to radiochemmtsbut ahio to rtrwarch workers in other fiefds such as phvsic$.b ochemistrv. or nwdlcine who wishtow radiochemicat tswhniques to solve specific problems.

Gregory R, Chopp in, Chatrman%bcomm!twe on Radlochemis!rV

“l-

Page 6: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

CONTENTSPaqe

I.

11.

III.

Iv.

v.

VI.

VI1.

VIII.

General Review of the Inorganic and AnalyticalChemistry of Neptunium . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Review of the Radiochem.istry ofNeptunium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Discovery and Occurrence of Neptunium . . . . . .

Isotopes and Nuclear Properties of Neptunium . . .

Chemistry of Neptunium . . . . . . . . . .A. Uetallic Neptunitm . . . . . . . , . .

A.l Preparation . . . . . . . . . . .A.2 Physical Properties . . . . . . .A.3 Chemical Properties . . . . . . .

B. Alloys and Intexwtallic Cmpmds . .c. Coqmunds of Neptunim . . . . . . . .D. Neptmium Ions in Solution . . . . . .

D.1 Oxidation States . . . . . . .D.2 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions , .D.3 Dispmportionatim of Neptunitm .D.4 Radiolysis of Neptunium SslutionsD.5 Hydrolysis of Neptunim . . . . .D.6 Ccqlex Ion Fomation . . . . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .,.. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .,.. .

Preparation of Neptunim Sa@es for Analysis . .A. Neptunium Metal and Alloys . . . . . . . . . .B. Neptunim Co~ds . . . . . . . . . . . . .c. Biological and Environmental S.qles . . . . .

Separation Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A. Coprecipitation and Precipitation. . . . . . .B. Solvent Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c. Ion Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D. Chrowtography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E. Other Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Analytical Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A. Source Preparation and Radiow:ric Methods . .B. Spectmphotometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c. Controlled Potential Coulomet~/ . . . . . . .D. Polarogmphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s

7

8

9

1212121214141620202424293133

39393940

4)415488

104107

109109114119121

E. Titration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...123

-2-

Page 7: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

PaiJg

F. Emission Spectrometry . . . ,G. Gravimetric Methods . . . . .H. Spot Tests . . . . . . . . .1. Mass Spectrometry . . . . . . ,J. X-Ray Fluorescence SpectrometryK. Neutron Activation . . . . . .L. Other Methods . . . . . . . . .

IX. Radioactive Safety Considerations .

x. Collection of Procedures . . . . .A. Introduction . . ., . . . . . .B. Listiniz of Contents . . . . . .

Procefiiire 1.

Procedure 2.

Procedure 3.

Procedure 4.Procedure 5.

Procedure 6.

Procedure 7.

Procedure 8.

Procedure 9.

Procedure 10.

Procedure 11.

Procedure 12.

. . . . . . . 124

. . .. . . . . 12s“.,.. . . 127. . . . . . . 129. . . . . . . 129. . . . . . . 130. . . . . . . 131

. . . . . . 132

,... . . . 134..”. . . . 134. . . . . ,. 134

Separation of NF1by lTAExtraction . . . . . . . . . .Separation of P@ by TTAExtracti(nl . . . . . . , . . .Determination of 23’Np j.nSamples (kritaining LIBPu, andFission Products . . . . . , .Determination of Np . . . . . .Determination of Small AmountsofNpinPuMetal . . . . . . .Determination of Np in SamplesContaining Fission Products, U,and Other Actinides . . . . . .Detensination of Np in Samplesof U and Fission Products . . .Extraction ChromatographicSeparation of 23%p fromFission ami Activation PTO-ducts in the Determination ofMicro and !’@-microgramQuantitie:3 ofU . . . . ,, . . .Separation of U, Np, Pu, andAm by Reversed Phase PartitionChromatography . . . .An Analytical Method for .2;7NP.

Using Anicm Exchange . . . . .Separation of U, Np, and PuUsing Anion Exchange . . . . .Separation of Zr, Np, and NbUsing Anion Exchange . . . . .

138

141

14s1so

1s5

1S8

161

163

16S

167

169

171

-3-

Page 8: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

. . .

Procedure 13. Separation 0. Np and Puby Anion F.change . . . . . . .

Procedure 14. Separation of Np andl Puby Cation Exchange . .’. . .

Procedure 15. Separation and RadiQchemicaIDetermination of U andTransuranium Elements UsingBarium Sulfate . . . . . . . .

Procedure 16. The Low-Level Radio:hemica~lDetermination of 23’Np inEnvironmental !hmplos . . . . .

Procedure 17. Radiochemical Procedure forthe Separation of T::aceAmounts of 237Np fn)m ReactorEffluent Mater . ,, . . . . . .

Procedure 18. Determination of ~ in Urine .Procedure 19. Determination of 2’1:’Npby Ganma

Ray Spectrometry ., . . . . . .Procedure 20. Spectrophotometric [letermi-

nationofNp . . . . . . . . .Procedure 21. Microvoltnetric Coqlexometric

Method for Np with EDTA . . . .Procedure 22. Photo~tric Determination of

,h@as the Peroxide Complex . .Procedure 23. Separation of Np for

Spectrographic Analysis ofImpurities . . . . . . . , . .

Procedure 24. Photometric Determination c)fNp as the Xylenol OrangeComplex. . . . . . . . . . . .

Procedure 25. Analysis for Np by ICmtrolledPotential Coulometry . . . . .

References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

,.

,“

.

*

173

175

176

179

184I 86

189

193

I 97

199

201

204

206209

-4-

Page 9: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

RADIOCHEMWTRY OF ~dEPTUNllUM*

by

G. A. Bumq’and

R. M. Harbcmlr

Savannah River LaboratoryE. 1. du Pent de Ncanurs & Co.

Aikan, South Carolina 29801

I. GENERALREVIEWOF THE INORGANIC#J’4DANALYTICALCHEMISTRYOFNEPTUNIIB!

1. J. J. Katz and G. T. Seaborg, The Chemh?tw of theActinide Eh???IQnt8, Chap. VI, p 204-236, Johm Wiley andSons, Inc. , New York (1957).

7e. C. F. Hetz and G. R. Waterbu~y, “The TransuraniumActinide Elements,” in 1. M. Kolthoff and F. J. Elving(Ed.), Treati8e on AnaZyticc~l Chemistry of the Eze?TW?Zt8,Volume 9, Uranium and the Ac!iinide8,, p 194-397, JohnWiley and Sons, Inc., New Ycl~k (1962).

3. “Neptunium, “ in P. Pascal (Et.), Noxveau Trvri:e C&Chimie Minerale, Vol. XV, Trcnaurankns, p 237-324,Masson et Cie, Paris (1962].

4. “!leptunium,” in P. Pascal (Et.), No:xtwzu Traite deChinrie Minerakz, Vcl. XV, Trcnauraniee8 f’Supplement),p 1-91, Masson et Cle, Paris (1962).

.5. Il. B. Cunningham and J. C. tlindman, “The Chemistry ofNeptunium,” in G. T. Seaborg and J. J. Katz [Ed.), TheActinide Elements, p 456-483, Vol. 14A, Chap. 12, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York (19$4:).

%e information=ontained in this axticle was developed duringthe course of work under Contract A’1(07-2)-1 with the U. S.Atomic Energy Commission.

-5-

Page 10: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

L1.

12.

13.

14.

1s.

J. C. Hindman, L. B. Magnusson, end T. J. LaChapelle,‘Chemistry of Neptunium. The Oxidation States ofNuptunium in Aqueous Solution,” in C. T. Seeborg, J. J.Katz, and W. M. Manning (Ed.), The !l”mmeurunin Ekmenta,p 1032-1038, Vol. 14B, McGraw-Hill Eook Co. , New York[1949) .

J. C. Hintian, L. B. Magnusson, and T. J. LaChapelle,‘themistry of Neptunium. Absorption Spectrm Sttiiesof Aqueous Ions of Nept~ium, ” in G, T. Senborg, J. J.Katz, and W. H. Manning (Ed.), The f’mneumniaun EZenm~,p 1039-1049, NcGraw-Hill Book Co., New York (1949).

L. B. Magnussat, J. C. Hindman, and T. J. LaChapelle,“Chemistry of Neptunium. First Prqamtion and Solubi li -ties of Some Neptunium C~mds in Aqueous Solutions, ”in G. T. Seaborg, J. J. Katz, and W. ht. Manning (Ed.),The !l’raetiun EZmente, p 1097-1110, McCrau-Hill BookCo. n New York (1949).

S. Fried end N. R. Davidson, ‘me Basic Dry Chaistry ofNeptuni~, “ in G. T. Seeborg, J. J. Katz, and W. M.Manning (Ed. ), The ~wn EZ&nants, p 1072-1096,McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York (1949).

C. Keller, The Chauiatq of the TM MIUWZ{WI?EZanenti,p 253-332, Verlag Chem.ie, Germany [1971).

G. A. Burney, E. K. Dukes, and H. J, Groh, “Analytical~%amistry of Ncptuni~, ” in D. C. Stewart and H. A. Eliom(Ed. ), l%vgresin in Rucle~ l?ne~, Seriee IX, Anal@?alC’kmhtry, Vol. 6, p 181-211, Pergmon Press, New York(19M) .

J. Korkisch, Mdexm Methode for t?w Separation of Ram?rMetaZ Ione, p 28-196, Pergamn Pre:,s, New York (1969) .

J. Ulstmp, ‘Wthods of Separating the Actinide Elements ,*!At. he~~ Rev. 4(4), 3S (1966).

A. J. Ibses, The Ana2@imZ c~8ii~ of the Actinidel%mmte, Uacltillan Co., Nw York :1963).

A. D. Gel’man, A. G. Moskvin, L. M, Zaitssv, and M. P.Mefod’eva, “Coqlex Compounds of Transuranides ,“ IsraelPro~am for Scientific Translation j (1967), translatedby J. Schmorak.

-6-

Page 11: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

II.

P. N. Palei, “Analytical Chwmistry of the Actinides,”translated by S. Botcharsky, AERE-LIB/TRANS-787. [SeealsoJ. AnaZ. Chin. USSR 12, 663 (1957)].

u%lina Nwuibuch &?P Ano~ar.iachen Ckmie, Vol-me 88Tranawzne, Part C (1972].

&nelina Hwuibuch der Anoqpri8chen Chemie, Volume 8,T~suMe, Parts A, B, and D (1973).

V. A. Mikhailov and Uy. P. Novikovp “Advances in theAnalytical Chemistry of Nepluniurn [A Review] ,“ J. AnuZ.Chem. USSR 25, 1538 (1970).

V. A. Mikhai 10V, Am Z@ica Z Chemiat~ of Neptunium,John Wiley 6 Sons, New York (1973).

B. B. Cunningham, “Cheaist~- of the Act~:[ide Elements, ”in AnnuuZ Rev. Nucl. S&. 1+’, 323 (1964).

K. K. Bagnell, The Actinide EZement8, Elsevier Publishingco., lmdon (1972).

GENERALREVIEWOF THERAOIOCHEMISTRYOF NEPTUNIU4

1. E. K. Hyde, “Radiochemical Separations of the ActinideEl~ts,” in G. T. Seaborg and J. J. Katz (Ed.), The AetJnideEZewenta, Chapter 1S, National Nuclear Energy Series, Div. IV,Vol. 14A, McGraw-Hill Book Co., hew York (1954).

2. E. K. Hyde, “Rdiochemical Separations Methods for the ActinideElements,” lnternationaZ Confemwe on the PeacefuZ Uaea ofAtomic lhte~, 2nd Ceneuu, 7, 281 (195S].

3. H. Page “Separation and Purification of Neptunium,” in2kmeumnienn, p 249-272, Masson et Cie, Paris [1962).

-7-

Page 12: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

111. DISCOVERYANDOCCURRENCEOF NEPTUNIUM

Neptunium was discovered in 1940 by NcMillan and Abelson. l

They bombarded a thin uranium foil with low-energy neutrons

and showed that the 2.3-day activity tha: was formed was an

isotope of element 93 produced by the nuclear reactions:

It was shown in 1941 that the decay product of 23gNp was 239Pu.2

23gNp is produced in large quantities as the intermediate

in the nuclear reactor production of 239.*, but because of its

short half-life it is used only as a tracer.

Wahl and Seabarg3 discovered the long-lived isotope 237Np

in 1942. It was produced by the nuclear reactions:

The first weighable quantity of 237Np (U5 ~g of Npo2) wa5

isolated by Magnusson and

were the first to measure

As a result of these

LaChapelle in 1944.4 These workers

the specific a:tivity of 237Np.

reactions, Np is produced in

relatively large quantities in nuclear r:actors fueled with

natural U. When fuels enriched in 235U ~d 23qJ are used in

nuclear reactors, the following reactions are increasingly

important.

-8-

Page 13: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

..- .... .. .. . ...... ... .

Since about 1957, the U. S. Atomic Energy Cwmission has

=covered and purified byprmduct Np in its production facilities.

‘a’Np is used as target for the production of 23EPu, an isotope

in demand for fueling ~adioisotopic p>wer sources. S

The half-life of ‘J7Np is very shofi compared to the age

of the earth. Therefore?, it is found only in trace quantities

in U minerals where it is fotmed continuously by neutron

reactions described previously.G It vas found that the abundance

of 2s’Np in a s~le of Katanga pitchklende was 2.16 x 10-12 atoms

23%, while that ofper atom of zss~ was 3.10 x ]0-’2 atoms per

atcm of 230u.7

IV. ISOTOPESANDNUCLEARPROP[:RTIESOFNEPTUNIUM

The known isotopes and selected r.uclear prope-ies of

Np are listed in Table 1. The rad.ioar.alytical chemist works

mostly with long-lived 2s7Npand short-lived 2’gNp and ‘seNp.

The decay schemes of these wst important isotopes of Np are

presented in Figure 1.

Thermal neutrmn cross sections and resonance integrals

for Np isotopes are shown in Table 2.

-9-

Page 14: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Maa@

22s=224

2s

231

252

2ss

1s4

2ss

24s

2s6=

227

Half-lifa60sac4.0 tin

“%r#,4a)

3.s14 1 10”Somm Ea ■ 6.2S ‘S%(d.tia)

‘D%(d.h)

l’%J[d, Sm)

as%(d, h)

“%l[d. h)

‘Shl[d, h)

1s%J[d,5m)

[email protected])a1.s44 I 10”13 da

s.117z 10” E

a(?x 10-’)

K

a(clO-’)mm(%lo-‘ )

Ssda

Ea = S.ss

‘e■ 0.0

3.1141 10’ I?a■ S.0SS(48)S.ols(sst]4.92s(lm

4.s64(18]

‘a-= O.SII(WI)

o.56(4a)

a%[d,ln)

“’U[d, n)

Z“u[m,za)l“U(d.4n)

J%lm,h)“’urm.7)’*s’U(O--dmy)

22 h S.m x lo’~

●- fr

2.14 x 106 yr 1.s64 s 10’

R(O.4S]

0-(0.s2)

o-

%

Sf(s E 10-”)Ea = 4. 7M(42t)

4.74s(m)

4.764(s8)

4.*1(5. it)

4.62d(6t)

‘B-= 1.2S(4S11

0.26(s48)

~ ■ 1.027(2SW

0.965(261)

‘n-= O.?ls(?t)

o.4s7(46u

o.263(lm

O.n?(zrb)

~ ● O.m(ln)

o.220(12b)

O.llx(mb]

’13-= 2.lc[sa)

I.so[nt)

‘B -= O.m(lwl)

‘a-■ 1..M

“lh[a-dacay)“’wpm,v)“%(d.h)

‘i%(a,p)

2s4 2.12 day 5.744 1 10” B-

2ss 2.ss dmy S.la 1 10” o-qSf(a 1 10-”)

“’U(B.T)?’%J(B*Y)

24e 7.s da 2.s19 m lo” e- “’u(B-d-y)

24a 6? mlm 2.s95 s 10” B-

241 16 mla 1.a2 z 10” 0-

~“u(m.pal“’u(m.p)

-1o-

Page 15: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

%p W?*

~

VW

**)m+)

Y

Vn+l(s/2+)sR-7/2-Ilr#.

--En9rgYthv 1

511950s3Lgl’1LU9.33916

3301

265s

$6375

?5 ?!5727? 85

Spmand

panty

3.

2.:,

<..hl).

Spm andpvlty

ml.,

!m-1m.ml-i

ml. }

?12.

Sn.

Wlb

v.?‘%2.Y1.,w?!..

F~glure1. DecaySchemesof the Most hn ~rtant NeptuniunIsotopes,237NP, 238Np,and ‘39Np.8$10

-11-

Page 16: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TAOl.E2

CROSSSECTIONSAND RESONANCEtt4TUWtLSa FORNEPTUNIIW ISOTOPES’

Nat mm Cspture Fis! ion——- —

Nsss NudMm )..3“

!.(SLQ “f .k%z!!l

2.34 9cm

?3s 148~236 i?,8(M)

.!37 1.85 0.02 0 o.ol)13~;.4$

23a 1.600

600

600 2,070 ml

2Se [to **’NP)

—.— .—a. Cross-sections expressedin barns, 10- Z*C81.

tJ. J. H. Lsndru. R. J. Nasle,N. Lindner.W3tL-slZ63(l!l~2).l-. For neutrons with the fission spectnu.i,. For 3 MN ntmtrms.t?. For ..reactor matrons’..

V. CNEMISTRYOF NEPTUNXLU

A. METALLICNEPTUNIUM

A.1 Preparation

Npw?al was first prepartxi by Fried and Duvidsoa in 1948

by the reduction of SO ug of NpFj with M vapor as 1200*C. ti

A sitilar method was used by Uestmn snd Eyriq,, L2 Reduction

of NpF+ by excess Ca metal with iodine as a bocmter’)- ‘* was

used to produce mltigrsa quantities of * metul.

A.i! Physical Properties

Pure Np is a silvery ductile matal with s melting point of

6.3’79C. ?%e =tal undergoes three allotropic modifications below

the 9eltin8 point. The physical properties me ~rizsd in

Table 3.

-#z”

Page 17: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE3

PHYSICALPROPERTIESOF NEpTIJNI~~T~&~’J7*L$

A. Appearance: Silvery white [slowly ccatod with oxidel in dryair ●t rcom toaperature)

B. Melting Point: 6376C

c. Boiling Point: 417S*c (extrapolated frtm vapor pf;ssunmeasuremmts of liquid Np )

D! . )ieat of Vaporization: AH 1800”K H 94.3 kcall(g-mm)

E. Properties of VariousAliotmpic Mifi-tio-: a B Y

Transition teaporatureto next higher phase, ●C 280 577 637

!Mtmity, glcm’ (at T*C) 20.48 19<40 18,04

Crystal Structure Orthor- Tw:ragonali Cubichoabic

Wtphens a’ detmmined tke pressure-taqmmturw relationship

for Np. The ~~ific hst (Cp) ofNp fis h!il:h. Thm Duhng and

Ptiit walue off W is reached at 140’K and 7,093 cd/(aiol-e8t) at

27”C.*1’ Tbehigh specific Mm can k entiwtly acmuntod for by

tho wv bi~ ●lectronic contributions. No imgvutie orderIn8

in a-!tp occurs * to i.7”K.a2

Page 18: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

A.3 Chewlcal Properties

HP is a reactive ~tal. The potential Fl>r the couple

NP”~3+ ‘ ~- i$ 1.83 vo~ts. ~ta~li~~ is S~OUIYCOV@*

with ● thin oxide layer when exposed to dry air at @out 20”C,

and rapid oxidation to Np@ occurs at higher temperatures

especially in mist air. Hydrogen, haIogens, phosphorus, and

sulfur react with Np metal at elevated temperatures, Hydrogen

resets to form the hydride at relatively low temperatures.

F@ ferns intexnetallic compounds of intermediate solid

solutions with U, Pu, Se, Al, B, Cd, Ir, Pd. and Rh.

Np dissolves readily in&-Kl at room tmperature andHzS04

●t elevated t~rature. The behavior of l{]) toward various

solutions is given in Table 4.

E!.,AL1OYSAND INTERMETALLICCOWOUNDS

Co@ete phase diagrams are reported for Np-Pu and N\p-U.23-2c

Complete miscibility has been reported betb’een y-l$p and y-U and

between y-Np and Z-PU. Np is a unique elment because of lts

emt-ly high volubility in both a-Fu and &.Pu.

The intermetallic co~unds of Np with Al and Be (NpAlz,

~13, NPA1*, and Np8e13) are prepared directlyby reducing NpFq

with an excess of metallic Al or Be. The boride:; (NpBz, NpB~,

Npltc, and NPUIZ) and the intennetallic cmrpounds NpCdGand

NpCdlz ●re obtained directly from the e’lments.27-2q Several

-14-

Page 19: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

. .

TABLE4

BEHAVIOROF NCJMETALIN VARIOU:iSOLUTIONS’1

ObservntIonsSolution ConcentrationW) Initiai— After4 &ys— —. -—H20 Very slowlyatta:ked

HCla 1.s Irndiate vigorolsreaction

(nlcoot#

HC104

Iinim

14s0Jrw

6 ,,

12 ,,

2 NOvisiblarmction

8 .,

15.7 ,*

2.25 Slowreaction

9 ,,

18 NOnoticeable reaction

2 Slight.initialr*action-cessed

8 ,,

16 NOvisible r.action

Cone. Rapid diasoluticnuha hoatai

CQnc. Rapiddissoluti(mwhenhosted

lConc.HNOS-trace HF

‘z. At ambienttaqwratum.

Rapid dissolutknuhon hootedDissolution uhal refluxod

Coql,ctelydissolved

,,

,,

Someturbidity,hydrated oxide

,’

No reaction-clearsolventSoreaction-cl?arsolvent

$,,,

someturbidityhydratedoxide

,,

NO rmction-clearsolution

,!,

!,

,,

**

-ls-

Page 20: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

compoundswith noble metals, such as NpPt3 and NpPt5, have

been p’repareti by hydrogen reduction of NpOZ at 1300°C in the

presence of platinurn.’” Also, Erdinann31used the same method

10 prq?are several other compounds, NpIr2, NpPd.3,and NpRh3.

(;. CWPOUNDS OF NEPTUNIUM

Cmpounds of Np for the III, IV, V, VI, and VII oxidation

states have been prepared. The solubilities anc compositions

of some of t’he compounds have not been verified because they

were initiallydeterminedwith smaIl amountsoffNp shortly

after discovery and therefore may be semi-quant:.tative. Uhere

studies have “been made with larger amounts of neptunium, i.e.,

oxalates and peroxides, more quantitive data is available.

Numerous Np compounds, such a$ nitrates, chlorides, and

possibly thiocyanates, are readily soluble in s~lvating organic

soiverms such as diethyl ether, hexone, TBP, and other acid-

contai.ning solvents saturated with water.

l[nvestigation of co~nds containing trivalent rqt.unium

has been limited because of the instability of Np(lII]Iin

aqueous solution in the presence of atmospheric oxygw. Np(III)

is produced mder hydrogen (on ● platinum catalyst), by electro-

chemical reduction and with rongalite, IW+SO2.(H2O”2H;1O.Wfod$eva

at al.’2 haw prepard several Np(IIl) COWWCIS from Soiution with

protection from oxygen. All the reagent solutions and water were

-m-

Page 21: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

purged with pure argon. The precipitation and subsequent

operations (centrifugation and washing) were conducted with a

layer of benzene over the solution. rhe solids were washed with

acetone or ether and dried in a stream of argon. Np(III) oxalate

was prepared, but it was appreciably oxidized in a few hours.

The solid was brown and was in the fo:a of tetragonal prisms.

Np(III) phenylarsonate is rose-lilac t:olored with the composition

NpZ(CGHS~09)S”nHZ0 when well dried; the compound is stable for

a long period at room te~rature. Np(III) salicylate and grayish-

lilac Np(III) fluoride were also precipitated under controlled

conditions. h c~lex double sulfates of Np(iII], KsNp(S06)5

and NaNp(SO~)z-nHaO,were precipitated. In the dry form, these

salts were stable to oxidation during prolonged storage even at

increased teqerature.

Only one solid coqnmnd of Np(VIl), Co(NH~)GN@S”3Ha0, has

been reported.]’

Coqounds of Np(IV), (V), and (VIl are shown in Tables 5

and 6. Table S includes cmpounds prodtied in aqueous

solution, and Table 6 includes coqounis produced by other

●ethods.

-17-

,.

Page 22: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

wPTuN1iMcmoums

Color

B1uk

,- gm

Greea

Brwn

Purple

G?~yish111=

Green

Green

GM

Tm %mm

Brwn

Gre,n

Green

Grey groeo

TanGreenishblu

Greenish blm

Green

lhwll

Bluish lilac

81W

Green

TABLE5

PRECIPITATED~ A-!; 5MiiTI@l

Coqoeition_ of 3olution

- NaNO,*%; to 9

lM N#Xl -~ NaNKiI

m Nmat-dilute~ia

lM Mt,ai -O.w (Mt.]@h2.Wm~ -6.3NH20ZO.m W1 -O.m HF(mm ●tm)lHHNog-M HFlNHF-0.02NWlmF4MHF-lMIF

lM Ml -O.lMKIO*

HJOH*O.0.E4K203,

0.7M14230.-O.omw!!, -m SmCzll]ollMIKl- O.mII#0.

0.3Nml - mm

KzS4. - [email protected] C,ll,AsO,H, -

O.sn Imi

0.04MCdlIA@lll; -0.3Mml

ScJ.ubiliw(mNp/)1Di!solw.sin eitheruid or base

3t04

1;

t.

.013

36

0

tl

s

I 40

34

2s

3s

36

32

37

34

m3D

3240

41

42

43

44

44

3S

45

32

32

a

46

34

-18-

Page 23: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE6

OTHERNEPTUNIWCOMPOUNDS

Compound Color LatticeSymnetz>

Np112 Cubic

NpH, Hexagonal

W2 Green Cubic

Np20~ Dark broun Monoclinic

Np~00 Darkbrown Orthorhombic

Np09=H20 Redbrown Orthorhombic

Reference47

47

48,4949a

50,s1

47

A ~a ~ap d t@-Lf ~PoLb-Y o=~~eof Np(vII),@(VI), @(V), & J’@(IV)ztith ali.alimetzZa and alkalineearth mataik am know. Abo, tt$tikzr ooqounda me zwported&th the mzw earth, other aotin~.ba, and a?kmzts in Grape4 to 7.=2

NpN Black Cubic 53

NpF, Purple LaFs 54

NpF~ Green 55

NpFc Orange Orthorhombic 52,56

A ZaWe tier of fhoro ompozde of alkali or alkalina emthwtile Uith hfp(IV) and fluoride .haoe bum raported~2a fcm .rzioh~ozmde & thi@(V)ad @(VI) a i%O m zqwrtd.

r4@2F Green Tetra~,onal S7

N@F I Green Rhodmhudral M

NP02F2 Pink 57

NpCIS Groan 11

NpC1. Orangebrown 11.s8

N#)CIZ Ozmnge 59

NpBrS Green 60

NpBrb Dark red fll

w s Brown 62NpS cubic 63.64Np# ~ (4 dj fferent 63,64

Strlx tulm)

slp~ss Orthorh-ic 63,64Np2Ss Tetrugonml 63.64

NpS~ Mnoclinic 63,64

Page 24: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

0. NEPTUNIUM IONS IN SOLUTION

D.1. Oxidation States

Neptunium exists in the (III), (IV), (V), (VI), and (VII)

oxidation states in aqueous solutions. The heat of formation,

the entropy of the individual ionic species, and simple methods

of preparation are listed in Table 7. The first four of these

oxidation states exist as hydrated ions in the absence of

coqplexing agents. Np(VII) is stable only ir, alkaline solutions;

reduction to Np(.VI)occurs in acid solutions.

The singly charged, hydrated neptunyl itm, [Np02(H20)EJ+,

is the most probable oxidation state in solnx~ion. Because Np02’

hydrolyzes only at pH ~7, disproportionates >nly at high acid

concentrations, and forms no polynuclear complexes, it is stable

compared to the other pentavalent actinides. The standard

potentials and formal electrode potentials in lM HC104 of pairs

of neptunium ions are shown in Table 8.

The formal oxidation potentials for Np couples in various

M solutions are given in Table 9 ~ with the hydrogen electrode

in the stated medium as the reference. The change in the

potentials in l.OM H2S04 as compared to lM solutions of HCI04,

HCl, and HN03 indicates strong complex formation c,f Np4+ with

wlfate ions.

-20-

Page 25: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

~,,,°K !;,,,~~mi&tim WA ● lmicFam CalOr (kal/ml) ~;-,tm-”K)l

.s WIH,OI 1“ Blua violet -117 -, 3.9

.4 W(M) :“ Yalla ~ -112.5 -. B

.5 WI (MM; Cram -231 - *.2L’

.6 N@l(HIO]~’ Pink or red -204 -.d

+7 NP2:- Gr40n*

NP(>III: . H,/P!Electrolytic reductlm

*’- “ (),Np~Vi . W*?/Po’) ● I-(5M HCl]

w“” . mm, (hat!Np(Vr] * stoichiutric I“YIP(V1] . W120H

Np(<i I] . IK1O, (evaporme]

NP(<vl J < A[(II)O (or tfi; ,CO’*:

nissolutlm of die-l lY pwpuvdLl,N@L In dllure ●lkmlisNP(VI) . maw (or MZj, KjS#h.p9rldnta) in 0,S to 3.SM W

a. J. C. Hi diw. J. H. ~]-. Ilk?m. -. Il. 9s2 (1970).ii J. R. Rraodt; ”J. M. MIa. J-: b. 9.-912 (i970).e.c. * In IKlo.. J.C.Sulltwsmd A.J.Zimlcn. IllLq. hot. m,. Latt#m 1. 927 (Iwo).

,

-21-

Page 26: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE8

STANOARDANDFOR?4ALREOOXPOTENTIALSOF PAIRS OF NEPTUNIUMIONS”

Electrode Process

Np = Np’+ + 3e-

2Np + 3Hz0 = Np20J + 6H+ + 5e-

Np201 + H20 = 2Np02 + 2H+ + 2e-

Np203 + 5H20 = 2Np(OH)b + 2H+ 2e-

Sp3” = Np*+ + e-

Np]+ + 2H20= N@12 + 4H+ + e-

Np’+ + 4H2G = Np(OH~) + 4H+ + e-

Np3” + 2H@ = Npol + 4H+ + 2e-

NP(OH)* = N@~ + 2H20 + e-

!U@lZ= N@~ + e-

Npb+ + 2H20 = NpO~ + 4H+ + e-

N@z M NpO~+ + e-

ZNp{OH)~ = Npz05 + 2H20 + 2H+ + 2e-

2NpOZ + }{zO= Np@5 + Z{+ + 2e-

StandaxdPotentit.ls-L

-1.astl

-1.42(}

-0.96;!

-0.92[1

-0.152

0.337

0.391

0.4s1

0.S3D

0.S64

0.749

1.149

1.219

Fonual Poten-tials in lM!iclob (Voits)

-1.83

.

.

0.1s5

0.447

0.739

1.137

Np205 + H20 = 2N@)3 + 2H+ 2e- 1.310

Np(lr + H20 = NpOl + 2H+ + c- 1.9s10

Np3” + 2H20 = N@~+ + 4H+ + 3e- 0.677

Npb+ + 2}{20 = NpO~+ + 4H+ + 2e- 0.938

-22-

Page 27: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE9

:1.

,2.

3.

4.

s.

REOOX POTENTIALSOF NEPTUNIUM(IN VO1.TSAT 25”C) “66-6*

1.(H4 HC1O,-0.477

-1.137 (-l.236)a rl-”—–— -0. 1ss 7 +1.83Npo;+—

1

L

--Np”~ Np3+ Np

-0.938 J-0.677..— J

1.(IM Hcl

-0.437

I.—

-1.13!5 -0.737 -et.137 1 1.87NpO$+—— N@~ Npb‘—-— Np3~- .Np

[

L- -0.936 I-0.670

1

l.IOMHzS%

-1.084 -0.99 +0. IiNpO$+ NpO~ NP*+--- Np3+

I -1.04

1.02k! HN03

-1.138NpO;‘—— NpO;

1.W NaOH

-0.48 -0,39 +1.76 +2. 2sNp02[OH);Z

LNpo20H Np(04) Q—— Np(oH] ~ Np

(-0.’43)J

0.S82Np(VII] -—-.---- Np(VI)b

——.a. Standard potentialb. According to the half-reaction NpO?- + e- + H20 -Npoi- + 20H-~g the

dependence of EO on the OH- concentration is expressed by70:

Eft = 0.600 + 0.059 ● log [OH”]-”

-2.3-

Page 28: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

The current-voltage curves for oxidat~on.reduction

reactions of Np in aqueous solutions are sliown in Figure 2.

[).2. Olxjdation-Reduct~on Reactions

Table 10 lists reagents and condition\ necessary to change

c~xidati.on states for Np ions. For cases w~ere only one electron

jlSt-~sferred, e.g., NpJ+/Np@+ and NpOZ+/Np022+, the establish-

ment of redox equilibria is rapid. Redox reactions that involve

fomaing or rupturing of the neptunium-oxygen bond, e.g.,

Np*+/NpQ2’ and Npk’/Np022+, have a slower reaction rate.

Rate constants (k) and half-conversic,n periods of the

redox reactions in lM acid solutions at ;!:)*C are given in

Table 11.

0.3. Disproportionation of Neptunim

Only the Np(V) oxidation state under~oes appreciable

disproportionation. The reaction 2Np02+ + 4H+ - Np4+ + NpOZ2+

+ 2HzC)shows that disproportionation of Np(V) is favored by

high acid concentrations. Because Np4+ and NpO;:2* form more

stable complexes than the Np02+ ion, the disproportionation of

Np(V) is promted by the addition of completing agents. The

equilibrium constants, K, for various acid solutions are listed

in Table 12 where

~ . JNP(IV)][NP( VI)][Np(V)]2

-24-

Page 29: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

140hP4W)-NP(V)ml

90 - *(V)- Np(vo80 -d

Iwxn--*[lv) ‘V+ NP(W)4Em - Np( )-NP(IV)

~J(- 1 ;

NPI,IV)+NP(V)Jt

ii-%0 -

3 ~ov

w - Ix

30 -

20 - Hz Oi9Chq8 02 D49chOfgs-

10

hd!!L#f

4

00 -a2 -OA -04 -Oa -1.0 -1.2 - 1A -!.6 -1.8 -2.0

Figure 2. Current-Voltage Curve for Red(tx Reactions of Neptunium. 7*

-25-

Page 30: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

~[wfl) - OpIvll ?0,0,

‘1/: .1* 9+*

l,;: .1% ● e‘l~; ..4 ● ,.

~!).!20 .,.

81)J to ● @8

-26-

Page 31: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

0.*

I ● w’

I * W“’

*t * W’”

t.; ● *“”

t’ ;:

●,e*k. &,+*+ $j%$

6S+*’96,.,;*

Page 32: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

.,. , .,.:.!+., ,,,.,,,,.

TA6LE 12

EQlJ1L1~[lS4 COUSTAMTS F(R D1SPROPUUIOMTION~ m(V) IN VNtIOUS M1O SOLUTIWS AT 25°C $*

solution

Ml Hclo,

S.S4M HC1O*

8.67M HC1O*

lM HISO*

1.$6H H2S0.

Ica—-4 x 10-7

0.127

200

2.4 x 10”2

0.16

1*( IV)] [NP( ~VIt2. a*

PJPm2

-2a-

Page 33: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

The reverse reaction

takes place rapidly in weakly ●cid .w)lutions. The rate

constant in lhl K1O+ is 2.69 (M*ain]l”’*. J*

0.4. Rdiolysis o~Neptunlm Soluttcms

The radiolysis of Np(VI) by self’-radimtion of 2J7Np

causes reduction to Np(V) with a rate constmt of

(3.1 tO.2) X 10-s see-] (0.5 to 1.7N HCIO~) and a radiolytic

reduction yield (G) of 6.4 ions/100 ek’.’’-’~’ fh~ared to

other hexavalent actinides, Np(Vl) has a much lower rate of

radiolytic reduction.

For the ‘*CO irradiation of O.lhl Np(VI) in 1.lIM HCI04,

~ m 3.4. The radiolytic yields for mdiolysis of ~p solutions

(saturated with ●tmospheric oxygen] exposed to a% 1 MeV

electron bean?”’s: are shown in Tablo 13. Np(V) has a compara-

tively high stability to radiolysis. Np(IV) is oxidized to

Np(V).

When 23gNp is prepared by neutron irradiation clf

uranyl salts, 80 to 90% of Np is in the tetravalent state,*2

-29-

Page 34: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

ion Acid—.N@l* + Np02+ Klob

Acid Con-Cent SW ion

0.018

0.80

0.126

0.?

il. s

3.4

0.05

o.ab

0,8

RadJolytAcYield G

(Iuabm’ of !hll

4.4s

S.76

6.7

6.7

4,7’

1.9

8.2

3.0

2.1

-so-

Page 35: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

0.5. Mydmlysfs of MSptunlm

li’b hydrolysis of a matd ion is m SpOCial

fON%i On with ~- ion. Hydr’dysis consists Of

caso of coaplox

the transfer

of ● proton fron 8 coordinated water molecule to a wstor mlcculu

in tha outer sphorw, s.g. ,

with

were

TheJ most recant snd extensive hydrt}lytic studies of Np

msde by A. 1. Moskvin. ” !+ydmlys:,s constants, l%, are

listed in Table 14 for Pip(IV), (V), and (W] .* The ttmdency

for Np ions in dilute acid solutions to undergo hydrolysis

increases with increasing ionic potent ill [d) where d = Z/r,

Z is the

tendency

ionic charge, snd r is the ionic radius, Thus, the

to undergo hydrolysis increases in the order:

]W2+ <N@22+<Npoaa+<N#+<N#+,

Successive hydrolysis reactions in Pu(IV) solutions result

in the formation of colloidal aggregates. Tho polymer pre-

sumably forms irreversibly with oxygen cm hyd:roxyl bridges.sc

*The stability constant KI of the Np hydroxo complexes may be

calculated from KI ●

%

T ‘here~ iY the icmicproduct of

water,, 10-1”.

-31”

Page 36: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE 14

FIRST HYDROLYSISCONSTANTS4N0SCMJBILITYPROOUCTSFOR NEPTUNIUMIONS

Ion !!YQQwS ‘8P Hydrolysis Produc~ %.— ——-

NP’+ * (~)* 6 X 10-S’

(NpOH)‘+ !5 x 10-3j) x ~()-~

W2+ Np02(OH] 9.s x 10-1° NpO@H 8.3 X 10-l S

1.3 x 10-9

8 X 10-10 1o-1o

NpO;+ N@2(m2 2 x 10-2’ [Np02 (OH)]+ 4.3 x IO-*

Reference

83

84

34

86

8S

34

83

-32-

Page 37: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

tiskvin’g repo~s evidence for formLtion of polymer fom of

Np(IV) in queous solution mt [H+] “:0. 3M.

0.6. ~l~x Ion Fomstlon

Tho fo~tion of w~lex spocios by the sctinides in

different oxidation states with ● vuriety of ligands offors

jmtential for separating the sctinidos fmm each other and

fmm other cations. Coqlex formation and hydrolysis are

coqmting reactions. The ~chanism of complex ion formation

can be repromnted ●s successive rmctions between water

mleculos from the inner sphere of Ihe hydrated cation and

anions, A, e.g.,

Np(H*O)/+ +A- =NpA(HzO)7:+ + H20

The ability of an ion to form complexes is dependent on the

=gnitude of the ionic potential. The relative tendency of

Np ions to fom co@exes is usual]):

Np’+ >Np’+>Np023+NpOZ2+>Np02+

Neptunium (111)

Np(III) exists in aqueous solutions as Np(HaO)es+.

The chloride and bromide coqlexes cf Np(III) have been studied

spectroscopically in concentrated LiCl and LiBr solutions

(see Table 1S).

-33-

Page 38: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

rmt.f 15

-m- ua

- U*

1.a4m%

I.m mob2.a ncm,

4.* =10.

i.a ml%

l.a ml%

I.m mm.z m moba.m UIO.

0.2 to m 14210.

z. a mo.

s.a -m

4.mIan.

l.m mom

l.m 2cI0.

0.1to 0.s ~

o.m 2WCI

W’*WI”w 1“Wm14pm,) ‘*Ww)rm=,) 1“

*’.[m-m)]’”PIP(S.I a

[NP(C,O.)]J””

*(CA%]a[b[c@*) ,1‘“-rmcnw,I”-

Bs&A’t] - 2.42

h - 4.s

s, - S.4Ss, - 6.s4

01 - 0,04

0, - 0.24

b, - O.bt

n, - 0.51

0, ● O.M

0, - 0.16

0, - 0,10

8, - 0,10

6, ● 4.81

E, ● 757

B, . 9.s1

n, %11

01 . 0.24

B, ● 0.01

B, - 0.16

B, . 0.24

0, ● 0.24

BU - 0.15

B, - 0.7s

El .11.:

0, ● 1.4s

0, ● X47

B, * 2.49n,● 5.57n,● 2.70

0, ● 4.16

0, ● 1.sss, .17.s3

B, .25.98

B. .27.40

8, - 7.40

s, .1s,62

8, .19.44

B, . 0.19

0, .16.42

8, . ?.7

6, - Z.u0, ● 4.76

0, ● 7.bm

0. ● 9.47

en .I1. oa, .14.7

0, .1?,4

B* .20.2

u

40

49

w

C9

91

02

B9

90

tf

91

n

93

w

92

9s

96

n

97

-34-

Page 39: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

T*I. 15. cwtlwcd

s,7-olchlom-I-hmw-I@mllutm

m-)

Etl@aD-dlAw-cat~ata

lE~A) ‘ -

8-htirow-~lmllmca

(01) -

Glymlmto(GLTC)-

Lactara(wm)-

O.lM !6hclo,

o.lM W,C1O,

o.st4 (Wl)

O.lM I!xF,

In I’Klo,

2.CN Hcl

d,ml Hclo.

I.w =10.

4.OM tclo.

1O-’M 1oo,

O.ow m.clo.,

1.5M M’1.clo,

o.lM N4.CIO,

O.IM M4, CI0,

O,lM WI.CIO.

O,m Nt,clo.

np(ml,

flp[rm:.

np(mh)

NP(YTA,

~(mp.~]”

Np, c

[t.yo,m,j -

up*lml,

[N@,: KI,,, ]-

N@,al

[N@,’s~,)~

[N@ ‘so,l;’-

Nflz(lrn,)

[NpY,’czo. )1 -

NPz (W

[N@,’AC;,l-

N@It (01)

[w,’oKl,w-TI@, [l;LYC)

N@, (lAm)

[NpO,:Wl), ]-

h~ ~l!@Il 1lbrlm

Cclmtmt

e. .4s.2.

B, .46.0S

0, .26. S

J . s.ls”

r, . 29.79

0, - 0.30

n, ?.s1

B, - 1.ss

e, - 0.25

e, - 1.6

et 1.4

~,-- !..1

e, ~, 4

fll ● :.15

e, - S.KI

t?, . 2.41

0, . 4,0

d, .-.3

fl, . 1.3!

fll . 1.80

6! . I.at

B, . !.s5

@l . 6.s1

n) .11. s0

~! - 1.51

B, . ;.?5

0, . 1.20

Mfasc

98

08

94

lLM

101

1P:

91

101

QI

74

d6

III]

103

134

I 05

ILM

lo~

1(J7

105

IS. dlntm. diitributim .8— Ls; I*1, lM ●lchnll@; 3*, tpsct-qhotmmrf; U9r, ml*ctmtlw* fome: *O,. mfwith radm elrmmdo; p, @ Wtfd.

3. Smbility comtmts W@ Ilnn m Ioprltk to bug 10 of tha qu llbrim cm!tmt8.

Fer ttw twsctlm of # cnt L.m ❑ ●Ith llInMII L, !hc cemtw+t K ml B ● m daflnd ● ,:

“-e’- %’’-k%”t’-%”t’

““*’’”*”’

Thomfon n, - 1,1,. B, ● 1,1,1,. me.

c “--

-35-

Page 40: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

CltnuwIClll)’,

F19rl&

3,.1.s.

Ty84n1

M

Jo

Jo

n

n

s

m

2s

:s

?&

x

n

JI

:s

M

Ii

Jo

b

o Im UC1O.

o al Uclo.a lclo,

o n 4cI0.

m Ulo,I a Ulo.

1 m Um3.

[w,m-ml’-l*,(EmA)l’-

WYtia, ● 2.17

6, ● S.07

#, ● 1.s1

% ● a.n

m, . l.=

m, . a.m

s, ● 6.1s

%. :.*

8, ● K 6?

8, . 4.m

on . 7.m

B, . z.-

0, . S.40

0, . S.SJ

% . l.’?

s, . 6.09

01 . 4.00

P, . ?.l J

a. - 0.1:

s, - 0.1s

m, - O.n

9, . O.M

e, . s.-

s, . 6.>?

n, . I.m

s, ● a.n

n, . ho

n, . ●.u

s, . Z.m

m, . 4.U

k, . b.m

0, . J.u

s, . ~.n

1, . 6.0

0, . a.m

c, . 6.lJ

Im

110

,In

Ill

111

112

115

11s

I Is

*I

I 14

91

111

Ilb

41

w

117

!10

““’’- R”Efh””lEth”” Eth””’0’“Eil’b”“ “+M” -

-34-

Page 41: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Neptunium (I1r.J

Np(IV), which exists as Np(H@)c@+ in aqueous solution, forms

strong complexes with most anions. Analogous to Ll and Pu, Np(IV)

fores negatively charged chloro and nitrate coraplexes in concen-

trated H(3 and HN03; these complexes are sorbed cm anion ex-

dangers. Np(C20s)2 is soluble in dilute (NH~)zCOS solution in-

dicating that the carbonate coqle~,es, which have not been

studied in detail, are more stable than the oxalote complexes.e

Definitive studies of the nature au~d composition of peroxide

coqlexes in solution have not beml made. A purple-gray Np(IV)

peroxide precipitate is formed by !Iddition of Hz[hto a solution

of Np(lV) in nitric acid.

From the stability constants listed in TabI@ 15, the

following series of Iigands were a::ranged, according to in-

creasing strength of the complexes formedi by addition of the

first Iigand to Np*+:

C104- <Cl- CNOS- <S0~2- ‘U:H@30-

<F-<c20Q2- ~- <E~A*- C~As-’ <Qx-

M7ptainiwu (VJ

~~), present in aqMOUs solution os singly charged

neptunyl ion, NpOZ(HaO)6+, is u Pom completing agent because

of its large size and low charge. The n~aptunyl complexes,

which ●re comparable in stability to Mg2*$ Ca2+

, snd Zn2+

-37-

Page 42: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

complexes, 87are much more stable than pentavalent uranium,

P~lJtG~iU.!7!F and alIR3riciuIB COlUpi8X8S.

Studies of cationic complexes of 14p(V; with IJOt2+,

Cr:~+, Fes”, 1%”+, and other cations in HCl(lt solutions have

been mde.&

From the stability constants listed :bt Table 1S, th{e

following serit?s of ligands were arranged ;lccording to in-

creasing strength of the complexes formed ‘>Ythe addition of

the first ligand to Np02+:

?kptunim (111)

Np(VI) exists in aqueous solution as NpOZ(H:lO]~z+. From

the stability constants listed in Table 1S, the following series

of ligands were ~rr =:iged according to increasing strength of

the complexes formed by the addition of the first ligand to

Npf322+:

C1O*” <NO?- <Cl- <9A= <CHJCOO”<F-’ KC204”

Neptuniwn(VI ‘J

Very few >tudies of N&(VII) complexes have been uade.

Sulfate compiexes of the Np023+ ion in acid solution show that

Np02 ‘+ has a higher tendency towards complex formation with

-38-

Page 43: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

sulfate ions than the neptunyl Np022+ icm. This is reasonable

because the char~ of the NpQzn’ group :.ncreases from hexav~lent

to heptavaIont neptunium.

!/1. PREPARATIONOF NEPTUNIUMSAMP1)ESFORANALYSIIS

A,, NEPTUNIIMMETALANDALLOYS

Neptunim metal dissolves in HC1, otlier halogen acids, and

sulfamic acid but not in HN03 or concentr~ted Hl,SO~. Hot dilute

H2SO~ attacks Np slowly. Np is dissolved slowly in hot concen-

trated nitric acid containing fluoride.

Np-Al alloys are soluble in 6 to 1(IMHN03 containing @.05M

iilg(NO~lz and ‘W.02M KF; they are also sclluble in HCl and HClO~.

Am alternative method is to selectively c[issolve the Ail in a

solution of NaOH-NaNOs; the Np and other actinide elements

are separated by filtration or centrifug~ltion and are :501uble in

boiling HN03-HF or HC1.

IB. NEPTIJNIIMCOWOUNDS

Np02 prepared by ignition of the oxmlate at 400 to 600°C is

soluble in hot 10M HNOs. When ignition is done at higher tempera-

tures, refluxing in strong nitric acid for a long period, even with

the addition of HF, is required. Fusion with potassium bisulfate

and dissolution of the melt in dilute acid is useful for dissolving

NpOZ fired at very high teqeratures. Blp fluorides are readily

soluble in nitric acid solutions containing aluminum or borate ions.

“39-

Page 44: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

NpOZ.-Al targets are soluble in hot strong nitric acid solu-

tions containing mercuric and fluoride ions.

c !. BIOLOGICALANDENVIRONMENTALSAWLES

Np in these samples ranges from readily soluble metabolized

neptunium in excreted saqles to extrewly refractory fallout

sqles. Most procedures for dissolving, fallout or othler environ-

mental samples involve treatment with HE: or a basic fusion step

which renders Np soluble in acids. There has been little

investigation of Np in these types of samples; however,, numerous

cleterminations of plutonium in tissue. bcme, feces, urine, vegeta-

tion, soil, and water have been reported and the same methods of

dissolution would probably be applicable for Np; Nielsen and

Beas ley 11’ have smrized many of these methods. Dissolution

of biological sa~ies and vegetation is l;enerally accomplished by

multiple wet ashing or a combination of \let and dry ashing. In

wet ashing” strong oxidizing agents sucli as perchloric acid and

nitric acid are used [individually or iii combination), or sul-

furic acid and hydrogen peroxide. In some cases the sample i.s

fused with sodiun ox potassium carbonate: and the stelt is dissolved

in water or dilute acid. 120

-. 40 -

Page 45: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Wr. SEPARATICW METHODS

A. COW?ECIPITATION AND PRECIPITATIUY

C!=cipitation is the “classic” -thod fc~r s~arating

tracer quantities in radiochemical analyses. llecause ,Np in

aqueous solution is easily converted to (iiffemmt oxidation

states that exhibit markedly different lbl~havior in coprecipitation,

separation from other elements can be aft~ained. However, ion

{exchange , extraction chromatography, and solvemt extraction

:separaticm are used alaost exclusively Ix:cause more co~lete

separation is attained mre rapidly.

Precipitation of neptuni~ oxalate :.s regularly used in

large-scale processing of neptunitm 8s u) intermediate to

neptunium oxide. Precipitation of other Np coapowlds ils very

limited.

The coprecipitation behavior of the different oxidation

states of Np is sh~n in Table 16.

Lantha?u4m Fkwid%. The first separation of a pure Np

compound described by Magnusson and LaChrnpelle4’ used LRF9

,coprecipitation. Np[IV), Pu(III), and RJ(IV) are carried almost

lquantitativcly by lanthanum fluoride from mineral acids. U decon-

tamination i!;best from H2SO~ because of the strong uranyl sulfate

complexes. Np is reduced to the tetravalent state and precipitated

‘by adding fluoride and lanthanum ions. [nsoluble fluorides

- 41 -

Page 46: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TA8LE 16COPUECIPITATIOM&EMit~litI&TRACE AMOUNTS

carrier Compwnd

Lanthanu Fluoride

Zircotiw Phosphate

ThOrim Oxalate

Lanthaaa9 oxalate

ThOrim Mate

Zirconim Phenylarsonate

ZimOniw Benzenesulfinat,e

%dim Umnyl Acetate

Thmhm Puroxide

Bismth Plmsphate

Barium Sulfate

Potassium Lanthamm Sulfate

Potassium Uranyl Carbonate

Hydroxides

!!QQM.(YccId’cccNc

ccccNcc

igQgQ

c

Nc

Poor

K

Poor

M

Nc

K

cc

NEfY1’lPNC

NC

wNc

K

c

Nc

Nc

NC

cc

a. C indicates co-precipitation near.llj’ completeulwier proper condition.

b. NC indicates co-precipitation less than a fewpercant under proper conditions.

-42-

Page 47: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

includin~ the rare earths and Th also prec:ipitatc. Hold-back

carriers me added to decrease the precipitation of Zr md alka-

line earths. The fluoride precipitate is converted either to

acid-soluble sulfates by evaporating untjl~. fumes of HzSOU appear,

oIrto hydroxides by metathesis with alkallj. hydroxide. Oxidation

at room temperature with bromate yields K.uoride-solubl(e Np(VI),

but other acti.nides and lanthanides are m}t oxidized and, hence,

are precipitated in a subsequent LaFs pre[:ipitation stelp. After

removal of solids, Np is reduced to the Ix)travalent state and

again coprecipitated with LaFS. Pa is co~trecipitated WILthmanganese

dioxide preceding the LaFs precipitation zis required.12i LaFt

precipitation has been used to separate NI~(IV) and Np[Vl from

Np(VI). 122

Zimoni.wn Phosphate. Tetravalent io]~s of Np, Put Ce, Th,

and other elements are coprecipitated witl~ zirconium phosphate.

A variation of this method by Magnusson, “fiompson, and !3eaborg121

it; based on oxidation-reduction cycles. f~fter zirconium ion and

NaBi03 are added, the solution is heated ::0 oxidize Np and Pu to

the hexavalent state. H3P04 is added to ~:arry tetravalent ions.

The supernatant solution is treated with Isxcess hydrazine to

destroy bismuthate and then with ferrous :Lonto yield Nlp(IV) and

I%~(IIIj; Np is carried with zirconium pho:~phate, but Pu(III) and

U(VI’j are not carried. The zirconium pho$phate is dissolved in

X!No3 - HF, and Np is separated from Zr by coprec:ipitation with LaF$.

-43-

Page 48: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Barium Sulfatu. Ce, Ba, La, and ?dp(iti)in quantities from

carrier-fne trace levels to 1 mg are coprecipitated >99.7% by

barium sulfate from strong sulfuric acid solution:~ containing

potassim salts and hydrogen peroxide. This causes a separation

frcm most other ele~nts, Np was separated by dissolutiawt of

the bariw sulfate and reprecipitation from concentrated sulfuric

N (IV) was net carried with the Ce,acid containing chromic acid; ,p

Bat and La. The Np in the supematant was reduced to Np(IV) with

hyclrogen peroxi& and again coprecipitated with bariu sulfate.

After the precipitate was filtered, 23’Np \/as determined by gamma

co{mting of the filter. ]z’ The method has been further modified~z”

ami also applied to a wide variety of envi::onaental and biological

sal@es125 {Procedure 1s, p176).

Hyiraeich . Insoluble hydroxides copreclpilate all oxidation

states of Np except Np(VII).4SS127-129 Generally, the trivalent

and tetravalent states are carried most effectively, The choice

of reagent for precipitation depends on the composition of the

solution. Strong bases are used when the solution contains cations

that are’ amphoteric (Al, Pb, Zn) cm when the solution contains

organic coaplexing ligands. When the solution contains cations

thiat foxm amine complexes or are insoluble in strong base (Cu,

Cc), Ni, Ca, Mg), mnia is used as preci.~itant.

-44.

Page 49: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Other In.qmnio Copmtipitants. Np(IV) is coprecipitated

with bismuth phosphate and the double sulfate of lanthanum and

potassium. Coprecipitation with lanthanum pot~:ji~ double sele -

nate gives results similar to those described for the double

sulfate but does not have any advantages.lso

The pentavalent cations of the transuranium elements are

cop~cipitated with potassium uranyl tricarbonate. ’31

Dupetit and Aten132 described the coprecipitation of tetrava-

lent actinides with thorim peroxide and uranium peroxide.

Neptunium is completely carried by thorium peroxide, but results

were pmr with uranium peroxide. l%is was attributed to the

presence of Np[V).

Other less coauon carriers for Np(IV) include thorim and

Lanthanm oxalates and zirconium, thorium, and eerie iodates.

Othfm~cznic t@%?&p~t~t8. Zirconium phenylafionate and

zirconium benzenesulfinate are specific fo”? coprecipitation of

the tetravalent ions from solution.

are separated from other cations and

of oxidation-reduction steps similar

zirconium phosphate. 133

The twtnsuranium elements

from each other by a series

to those outlined for

Kuznetsov and Akimova13* have proposed a number of organic

reagents for concentrating the tetravalent cations of the txzms-

uranium elemmts from very dilute solution!;. Np(IV) and Pu(IV]

form he~nitrato species in nitric acid-nitrate salt solutions,

-45-

Page 50: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

and these cations are coprecipitated with the nitrate precipitates

of heavy organic cations. Of the rwagents ~tudied, butylrhodamine

was the -st effective organic cation. In mncentrated nitrate

solutions, U(IV), fi(IV), and Ce(IV) coprecipitate! with Np[IV)

and Pu[lV). Other coprecipitation was with quaternary ammonitan

bases, dimethyl dibenzyl mnium, and benz?lquinc~lium colqounds.

Excellent separation from rare earths, iron, chmmim, manganese,

and copper was attained.i’s

With many organic reagents containing 3ulfonic groups,

tetravalent elements fom soluble cyclic salts that are {coprecipi-

tstad with precipitates fomed by the catiom of a ba:.:c dye

(arsenazo] and the cyclic organic reagent. Compami to the organic

nitrates shove, the precipitation is more (c(mpletel but less

selective. ‘S’

Np(Vt) is carried with sodium uranyla~~tate.

Prvaipitatwn. Precipitation of macro quantities of Np is

seldom used as an analytical or radiochernicul method. If other

cat:lons that fom insoluble compounds are ljresent, these must

be $teparated first. When the solution is :r(:latively free from

other ions, a method such as alpha cotatting is usually mo:re rapid

and offers less health hazard. A nusber of Np compounds have

10U solubilities in aqueous solution; howevlm, indefinite

stoichiometry or necessity for calcination i:o the oxide limits

the usefulness of direct gravimetric deternunation.

-46-

Page 51: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

@ihti&8. No information is available on Np(III) “hydroxide, ”

probably because it is rapidly oxidized even in an inert atmosphere.

Np(IV] is precipitated from mineral acid solutions by sodium,

potassium, and ammonium hydroxides as tho hydrated hydroxide or

hydrous oxide. The brown-green gelatinous solid is difficult to

filter; it is easily redissolved in mineral acids. No formal

volubility studies are reported, but the volubility in lM NaNOJ -

lM NaOH is <1 mg/1.

Np(V) “hydroxide” is green. The volubility in dilute ammonium

solution is 0.18 g/l; in lM NaOH, 0.017 ~!/l; and in 2.2M NaOH,

0.014 g/1.35 There was speculation in tile early Iiterature38

that Np{V) might precipitate as NHqNp03-:ti20 or an analogous

sodium compound as well as NpOz(OH]9HZO; however, the exact nature

of the precipitate has not been confirmed. Np(VI) is precipitated

as dark brown (NH4)2NP207”H20 with exces:; ammonia from mineral

acid solution; the volubility is given a:; 25 mg Np/1. ‘5 When

sodium hydroxide is the precipitant, a brown compound with reported

co~sition Na2Np207”xH20 is precipitate(i. Studies on the variable

composition of the uranates leave some question as to the composi-

tion of the neptunates given above. 137

Fzuotid88. Grayish-lilac colored Np(III) fluoride is pre-

cipitated by adding a dilute HCl solution of Np(III) containing

Rongalite to a solution of ammonium fluo::ide or hydrofluoric acid

in dilute hydrochloric acid while sparging with argon. The dry

compound was quite stable to oxidation.3~ Np(IV) fluoride hydrate

-47-

Page 52: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

is precipitated when hydrofluoric acid is added to an acid solution

of Np(Iv),

Ammonium Np(IV) pentafluorideprecipitatesas a bright-green

granular solid when hydrofluoricacid is added I:oa solution of

Np(IV) containingNH~+ ions. A similar precipitationin the pre-

sence of potassium ions yields a bright-greenprecipitate that

X-ray diffractionindicates is KNpzF9. ‘Tiesupcrnatant lM HF -

O.OIM NH,,’>from precipitationof the ammo:liumsalt contained 1.1

mg Np/1 two hours after precipitation;t!h:solut~ili.tyof the

potassium salt was 1.7 mg Np/1 after 16 hours in O.SM HISOb -

0.5M K2SOJ4- ;!MHF.3*

A double fluoride precipitate of La :md Np with an approximate

composition LaIZNpFIOOXHZOis obtained by ilddinghyd.rofluoricacid

to an ac~d solution o equivalent amounts of La3+

and Np&+. The

volubility of the salt in water was 4 mg/...39

Rubidium neptunyl(V) fluoridewas prf:paredby injecting a

chilled W.IM HN03 solution of Np02+ into a chilled solution of

%12M Rbl:at O°C. The gray-greenprecipittltewas washed with small

amounts of water, methanol, and acetone followed by air drying. 13*

0XUikt88. Brown NpZ(CZOq)3*nH20 (n ~111)is precipitatedby

adding oxalic acid containing Rongalite i.rtoa dilute acid solution

of Np(IIl) also containing Rangalite.,The compound is appreciably

oxidized within a few hours.32

-48-

Page 53: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

After valence adjustment to Np(IV) with ascorbic acid, ko

bright-green Np[C20~)2D6H20 is precipitated from solutions

originally containing 5 to 50 g of Np(lV), [V), or (VI) in 1 to

4M HN03 by the addition of oxalic acid. T.le volubility varies as

a function of the concentration of nitric i~cid arid oxalic acid

(Figure 3). At oxalic acid concentrations near O.lM, the volu-

bility varies between 6 and 10 mg/1 as the nitric acid concentra-

tion is varied between 1 and 4M. The solukility is very tlependcnt

on maintaining all the neptunium in the tetravalent state,

Significant separation from a number of cations is attained.

The salt (~U)Q[~(C20~)~]-(~~)2C20~= XH20 has be~., isolated. ~3g

The soluble aqueous complex was cooled to O’C to remove cxccss

ammonium oxdate. Ethyl alcohol addition produced an oily, dark-

green liquid that yielded dark-green crysta..s when treated with

96% ethanol.

Green neptunyl(v] oxalate (Np02C20~H”2}120) is precipitated

when a solution of Np(V] in lM HC1 is treat~d with a 10% solution

of oxalic acid in tert-butanol. bl

Neptunyl(VI) oxalate (Np02C20~”3H20), a grayish-~reen

crystalline solid , is precipitated from 2M HV03 - O.OSN KBr03

containing 20 to 40 g Np/1 by adding oxalic zcid until the solution

is ‘IJO.3MH2C20Q.42 The volubility in 0.5MHN03 - CI.023MHZCZ04

increased from W.5 to ‘v1.5 g Np/1 over the temperature range O to

20”C. In lM INOJ at 14”C, the volubility varied from %3.8 to

-49-

Page 54: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

100r - ——

:1’:”’”:230’’’’/“

~10.7[3

1.64to-– •~ _

-2.813 :B- 3.7fi 1

30.’01

~~o. I I.0

Omlic Acid, M

Figure 3. Volubility of Np(lV) oxalate

-so-

Page 55: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

%0.75 g Np/1 as

to w. lSBL

Pervti&.

the oxalic acid

Np(IV) peroxide

containingNp(IV), (V), or (VI)

concentration varied

is precipit:lted from

from WI.002M,

solutions

in >3M HNOJ by the addition of

hydrogen peroxide. ~”o The higher valence states are rapidly

reduced to Np(lV), and gray-purple neptunium peroxide precipitates.

The precipitation does not progress through the highly colored,

soluble peroxy complexes that are characteristic of plutonium

peroxide. fio crystalline forms were prepared depending on the

acidity of the precipitation solution. The volubility is reported

as a function of the concentrations o: nitric acid and hydrogen-%

peroxide. A minimum volubility of ~lO-uM neptunium occurred in

solutions 1.5 to 2.5M HNOJ and 4.5M H::02. The solubilities were

not readily reproducible at nitric ac;.d concentrations of <2.5M.

Iodate8. Precipitation of Np(IIl) iodate has not been

reported. Np(IV) iodate, a tan-brown solid, is precipitated when

HIOJ or KIOg is added to a dilute mintral acid solution. The

volubility in lM HC1 - O.lMHIOS is 0.8 g/l; in lM HC1 - O.lM K103,

0.08 g/1.35 These solubilities appear to be high, possibly because

some Np was in higher oxidation states.

Amtate. Rose-colored N~@Z(C2H@z)s is precipitated when

a sodim acetate - sodim nitrate solution is added to a dilute

sulfuric acid solution that has been heated to 90°C in the pres-

ence of potassium b-te to give NpOZ2+. The volubility is

M.1 g/1 in 0.5M H2SO* - 0.07M NaNOs - 2MNaCzH~02.38

-sl-

Page 56: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Ccmbo?latea. No sinple carbonates of NF(III) and Np(l V) are

rqor~al A light-colored precipitate of NF(V), KYpOaCOs, is

precipitated by addition of solid alkali carbonate (to about pH 7)

to a solution of Np(V) ❑ade by reduction of Np(VI) with iodide

ion,~3

Phosphate. A green gelatinous precipitate, Np(HPOb)a”xHaO,

is formed when phosphoric acid is added to Np(IV) in hydrochloric

or nitric acid. The volubility in lM HC1 - O.SMHsPO~ is W56

❑g/1, and the volubility in lM HNOJ - lM H#O~ is %134 mg/1.+5

sulfates. Mefod’eva and Gel’man32 report precipitation of

Np(lII) as the complex sulfates KsNp(SO+)b und NaNp(SO~)2*nH20.

Np(III) is produced in dilute hydrochloric and sparged with argon

at %SO°C using Rongalite mductant. In the dry form, the complex

sulfates are stable to oxidation even at increased teqenture.32

Np[IV) is crystallized from hot concentrated sulfuric acid as a

bright-gnen compound, presumably Np(SOk)2*:cH20. The volubility

is %16 g Np/1. Sulfuric acid solutions of Np(V) and Np(VI) have

been reported, but no data are given on volubility.3S Although

not reported, it is expected that Np(IV) colpounds analogous to

Pu(IV) co~ounds could be precipitated fmm a solution containing

sulfate salts, alkali metal ions, and Np(IVj.

Other Conpounda. Several Np(IV) chlor’Lde coaplex salts have

been prepared. Yellow CszNpCls was precipitated by ❑ixing solutions

of Np(IV) and CSC1 in 2 to llM HC1 and saturating the rwsulting

-52-

Page 57: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

solution with hydrogen chloride. 19N3volubility in ~lOM HC1 is

<0.DIM ~d increases to w1.4M in %lM lIC1. ‘“~ A similar compound,

[( C2HS)~N]zNpC16, was precipitated by adding tetraethylammoniwn

chloride in 12M HC1 to Np(IV) in 8 tc) 12M HC1.1”2 Several other

complex salts of Np(V) and Np(VI) have been reportecl. Yellow

[(C2~5]4N]2Np02C14was precipitated by the same procedure used

for the Np(IV) salt,1”3 and Cs2NpOC15 (bright yellow), (Ph4As)2NpOC15

(bright yellow), CsSNpOC14 (turquoise), and CszNpOzClk (dark yellow)

were made by variations of the same pr>cedure. ‘q

The phenylarsonate and salicylate of Np(III) have been

reported.32 They are quite stable at :unbient temperature when

dry.

-s3”

Page 58: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

B. SOLVENT EXTRACTION

Solvent extraction of Np from aqueous solution into immiscible

organic solvents is probably used most often for wparation because

of its rapidity, simplicity, and reliability). Solvent extraction

of Np is usually ❑ade from nitrate systems. Generally the effi-

ciency and specificity are decreased from ch’loride systems; other

systems,such as fluoride, sulfate, and phosphate,formcomplex ions

with neptunium,and extraction is inhibited.

There are examples of bath ion association extraction and

chelate extraction among the solvent extrac”:ion systems for Np.1bbD1”5

In chelate systems, compounds such as lTAp cupferron, acetylacetone,

and 8-hydroxyquinoline replace coordinated water from neptunium

ions and form neutral, almost covalent, cheiate compounds that are

soluble in such organic compounds as hydroc~rbons. In ion associa-

tion systems, several ❑echanisms are possible by which uncharged,

extractable compounds are formed by electrostatic attraction

between oppositely charged ions. In one ion association system,

an oxygen-containing organic compound such as ether is coordinated

to Np(IV), and the complex cation is associated with nitrate ions

to give an uncharged extractable species. Ion association solvents

conmonly used for Np extraction include TBP, hexoneo diethylether,

isoamyl alcohol, pentaether, and dibutyl carbinol. For solvents

such as hexone and diethylether, which fom coordination complexes

with actinide nitrates, the order of extractability of the various

-s4-

Page 59: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

oxidation states is usually (VI) > (IV) >> (111) nd (V)~ with the

last two states generally considered to bm nonextractable. The

(IV) oxidation state is poorly extracted by diethylether but is

extracted into hexone and dibutyl carbinol.. For TBP and chelating

agents, which fom coordination complexes with the ❑etal nitrates,

the stable oxidation state giving the strongest complex is usually

extracted most efficiently. The tendencies of the actinides to

form complexes is (IV) > (VI) > (111) and (V). Thus, TBP, TTA,

and other conrplexing agents usually extract the (IV) state most

effectively. An exception (Table 17) is lJp(IV]-TBP; however, these

exceptions may be the result of the instability of the oxidation

state in the aquebus solution.

Groh and Schlealh6 and Schulz and Benedictg have reviewed

production-scale neptunium processes, including solvent extraction.

C71ezute s~atema. A large number of ~i-functional reagents

that form strong coordination complexes tiith metal ions have

been investigated. These complexes are mme soluble in nonpolar

organic solvents-such as benzene or CCl~rthan in the aqueous

phase. Of these compounds, the fluorinated B-diketone, 2-

thenoyltrifluoroacetone (TI’A) has been most widely used for extrac-

tion of ?+@in radiochemical and analytical appl:lcations. 1’7~*’a

Many variations include TI’A extraction as a part of the total

separation schek before the analysis of Np or the determination

of its oxidation states. i27~]92#*”9D1’0

-55-

Page 60: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

.

TAUE 17

VAAIATIOUW ESTRACTIOIICOEFPICIU(TSMITMOXIlhTIOR STATE

QElmkkll##t— Aewau Pmula !QQw_&MM_ YFXQ__!Mw_ .!Mw_&Qv_wQ -(III) m

1* TW-korosem m Imi)* 3.0 0.13 11.0 0.014 :!l. s z.~, O.m

O.sm nA-xylOm 1J4 HloB ,.-6 10’~o-.

10” ‘ ,.-8 ~@ 0.(104 10-0

Di*thyl ●Clwr edk tNoB 0.1 0.3 4.6 ..31

lM MEb-sat 1.:!

m,mo,

Ibx$nw Ossm tmm-11.lm 0.14 l.” 9.e

m8N08

C* H40, ~lw0.3 1.’ ,a.5

-56-

Page 61: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Some data for the extraction of Np and other cations into

0.5M TTA in xylene for a range of nitric a,cid concentrations are

given in Table 18.

Shepard and Meinke have compilti a useful set of TTA extrac-

tion cunres showing extraction as a function of pi-l for a number

of elements.lso The data show that by judicious pH control, ?TA

extraction is useful to separate neptunium from many other

elements.

Basically, the lTA method depends on quantitative reduction

of Np to the highly extractable tetravalent state while inter-

fering ions are stabilized in inextractable oxidation states.

(Procedures 1 and 2, p 138 and 141], Neptunium in lM HNOs or lM

IKl is rapidly and co~letely reduced with femous sulfamate,

hydro~lamine hydrochloride-potassium iodide, or hydroxylamine

hydrochloride-ferrous chloride. NplIV) is eXtrdCted into the ‘ITA,

and Pu(III] and U(W) remain in the aqueous phase, If no inter-

fering cations are present, the extract can be evaporated

directly for Cotmting. The efficiency of separation from other

alpha emitters 1s verified by alpha pulse height analysis.

Fe(III), Zr(IVl, and Pa(V) are strongly extracted f- lM HN03,

but separation is attained by stripping the Np(IV) from the

‘lTA-xylene into 8M Ii?#3s. Trivalent actinides and lanthanides

do not interfere. Sulfate, phosphsI:e, oxmlate, and chloride,

if present in the aqueous phase, aro camplexed with Al’+ before

extraction to prevent interference.

-57-

1

. . .. .

Page 62: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE 18

EXTRACTION COEFFICIENTS FOR VARIOUS IONS IN1-O 0,5M TTA-XY1.ENE1’9

Ion.—.NP(III)

@(IV)

Np(V)

f@@I)

Pu(III)

Pu(IV)

F%(V)

Pu(VI)

U(VI)Fe(II)

Fe(III)

Co(III)

Ce(IV)

H(W)

Aa(III)

Al(III)

Na

m (V)

Th (IV)

!!!Qd?Q1.01,08.0

0.8

0.8

1.01.08.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

8.0

1.0

1.0

1,0

1.0

1.0

Extraction Coeft:lcientat 25*C

—. ——<3 )( Jo-s

1 x 10’

<5 x 10-’”

<1 x ]()-’

1 x 1.0-6

1 x 10’

<l x 1.0-2

<1 x 10-’”

4 x 10-3

3 x 10-5<l x 10-3

375!

1 x 10-5

1 x Los

1 x 107

25D

1 x 10-9

1 x 10-20

1 x 10-20

4 x 10-~3.1

-S8-

Page 63: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

The relative standard deviation for a:he analysis is 22%.

The nominal decontamination attained from plutonium is 10g to

M 151 #15210 . Some data on the extraction of Np from sulfate and

perchlorate systems with TTA have been giren by Sullivan and

Hindman.93

ITA extraction preceded by a LaFs coprecipitation cycle has

also been described.153-L56 Np has been separated from numerous

special materials where a combination of method:J including lTA

extraction was used. Holcomb157 has described m method for

separating 17 gamua-emitting radionuclides, including 23gNp, from

heavy water mderator by ‘ITAsolvent extraction and anion exchange.

The individual nuclides were determined ty gamma counting and

gamma spectrometry.

8-Hydroxyquinoline forms the following chelates with Np:

Np(CSHGNO)~with Np(IV) and H[N@*(C9HGN(~)~] with Np(V]. Extrac-

tion of a number of elements as a function ofpH into O.lM

8-hydroxyquinoline in CHCIZ is shown in Figure 4. The trivalent

actinides extract only at pH 4-6, and at this @i appreciable

hydrolysis of the metal cation occurs.’ ~’] Np(IV) cupferron is

extracted almst quantitatively into chlomfom from lM HCl and

is back extracted in 8H HC1. i50a

Separation with acetylacetonate has been reported for U and

Pu and probably has application for Np.

-s9-

Page 64: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

-1PO(v)

L

I

‘7~-

1

p(w) cffdUI Acum

; ;/\

RO(m PO(v)

Am(m)

et(m)

+-4 6 8 - 10

pl’t

FIGURE 4. Ftercentage Extraction of Tracer Quantities of Ac(I!II), Am(III’),CM(III), Cf(III), N (IV), and Pa(V) with 0.lM8-Hydroxyquinoline

!/’CHC13 and of Ra(II with 1.OM 8-Hydroxyquinoline/CHCls [p = O.lM[Na, NH*, H)CIO~, 25”C]. [C. Keller and PI. Mosdzelenski, Radiodfim.Ada. ?, 185(1967) Supplemented].

-60-

Page 65: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Extractionof plutonium dibenzoylmethaneor salicylatehas been

reported. 1‘g~ 1‘o Neptunium dibenzoylmethane is unstable in aqueous

sc}lutiont so Pu and U, which form extractable complexes, can be

separated.l 59’!S1

Chmutova et CZZ.extracted PuIIV) from 3M HNCSwith a chloroform

solution of N-benzoylphenylhydroxylamine; IJOZ2+, Am(IIX],, (V),

and fission products (except Zr and I%) do not extract.~62

Np(IV] is strongly extracted from 1 tcl 4M HNDa and 1 to

6M HCl with 4-benzoyl-3-methyl-l-phenyl-ppazolin-5-one; under the

same conditions, Np(V) and (VI) are not extracted.1s3 Np is ex-

tracted at pH 9’ to 10 with l-nitroso-2-napthol in n-butanol and

isopentanol and is separated from U and Pu.’6b

Ion A880CiatiOrI @8t4w18. The TBP-HNOS system is a useful

sYStm for large-scale processing but is not, widely used

for quantitative analyti~al separation. TB~ forms an organic-

soluble coordination complex with the metal nitrate, generallyof

the type M(N03)149ZTBP.lb> Increasing the nti,trate concentration by

adding nitrate salts of Al or Ca favors ext::action. Other factors

that affect the extraction include complexirlg ions, reagent puritY,

free TBP concentration, temperature, and mi],ing time. A S_rY

of the early work with TBP has been given by Geary,lsG The

physical and chemical properties of TBP as an extracting a,gent

have been summarized by McKay and Healy. *G7 Other discussions ‘f

the use of TBP are in References 168-170” ‘xtract~’on Coefficimts

-61-

Page 66: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

for many elements for a variety of aqueous solutions anJ TBP

concentrations have been reported by Schneider and Harmon; 149

data are shown in Table 19.

Np(VI) is almost completely separated from Al(III), Am(III),

Cr[III), Fe[II), Fe(III), Na(I), Zn(II), and many other cations

in one stage of TBP extraction. Separation of Np from Pu and U

involves either oxidation of Np to the (VI) stat{! for extraction

and subsequent stripping of Np(V), or stabilizat:.on of inextract-

able Np(V) followed by extraction of Pu and U.

The following sequence of extractability ha: been found for

the various oxidation states of the actinides: PI(IV) > M(VI) ~~

M(III) > M(V). For the tetravalent actinides tht sequence is

Pu(IV) > Np(IV) > U(IV) > Th(IV], while among thw hexavalent

actinides the extractability decreases with incratsing atomic

n-or: U(VI) > Np(VI) > PU(VI)’GS (Figures 5 ar,d 6).

The tetravalent and hexavalent actinides are extracted from

HCl solutions with similar relative distribution coefficients as

from nitric acid but exhibit no maxima. Lower d:.stribution coef-

ficients are observed for extraction from perchloric acid solutions

because of weak coqlexing by the perchlorate ion. Strong couplexing

agent% such asOSOb2-, P@k3-, and F-, reduce the extractability of

all actinides appreciably; however, cations such as Al that form

quite stable complexes with these anions partially negate the

deleterious effect on actinide extraction. Distributicm

-62-

Page 67: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

1on

Am{III)

Al

Ca

Co{II)

Cr(III)

CU{II)

Fe[II)

Fe(III)

Mg

Na

Ni(II)

Np(IV)

Np{vI)

Th

Pa

Zn

Ru

Zr

Nb

Rare earths

Pu(III)

Pu(.IV)

Pu(VI)

U( IV)

U(VI)

HM13

TABLE 19

EXTRACTION Coefficient DATA FOR TBP1bg

Solution

4.OM HN034.7M

4.7M

2.14M Co(NO,)l

3.OM HN03

3.OM

4.7M

2.Cm4

4.7M

2.OM

3.OM

4.OM

4.OM

4.OM

4.(M4

2.OM Zn@03)2

2.OM HN03

2.OM

2.OM

2.OM

5.(X4

5.OM

5.(IM

4.OM

4.M

2.OM

TEP (%)

30

15

15

60

100

100

15

12.5

15

12.5

100

30

30

30

50

12.5

30

30

30

30

20

2G

20

25

25

30

ExtractionCoefficientAt 25°c

0.013

0.0003

0.0003

0.002

0.0001

0.0004

0.005

0.003

0.0003

0.003

0.00006

3.0

12.0

2.8

2.8

0.0001

0.1s

0.09

0.03

0.02

0.012

16.6

2.7

10

23

0.26

-63-

Page 68: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

.,

HMO,* mola/4

Figure 5). Dlstrlbutlnn Coefficients for tte Extractlmof ‘Tetravalent Actinfdes by 19 ~ol %TBP.-Kerosene from Nftric Acid S~lutforl. l&5

-64-

Page 69: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

~lgure!6. Dlstrfbution Coefficients for the Extractionof Hexavalent Actinlde% by 19 vol ZlBP-Uerosene from Nitric Acid Solutlon.’G:

-6S -

Page 70: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

coefficients for Np(V] and trivalent actinides are appreciably

lower171 than for tetravalent and hexavalent actinides,

For Np02+:

‘2+[aq) + ‘3 [aq) + ‘Bp(org) “ ‘W’02‘W3) ‘Tap] (erg)

For analytical applications with small volume:;, equilibrium is

atta~ned in less than five minutes with good mixing.

The extraction properties of many >ther cmganophosphorus

compounds have been studied; however, F:w separation methods for

Np have been defined. Higgins et aZ. wm:king with the butyl series

found the order to be phosphate ((RO)SFY1) < phosphonate (R(RO)2PO)

< phosphinate (Rz(RO)PO) < phosphine ox:~de (RsPO).i72

‘The distribution coefficients for I.he extraction of some

tetravalent and hexavalent actinides wilh various trialkyl

phosphates are given in Table 20.

Burger t7b*175and Petrov et a2~76 f’ound that electronegative

SUb!3t~ltUUIItS in the alkyl chain, such as, chloride and phenyl,

strongly depressed the extraction. Sidda1173 found that increasing

the length of the alkyl chain in the phosphate series made little

difference for up to eight carbon atoms for tetravalent and

hexavalent actinides. The effect of branching the alkyl chain is

to increase the extraction of U, Np, and Pu, but to strongly depress

extraction of Th. The extraction mechan~sm of these cimapounds is

generally the same as that for TBP, but the Solvstion number is not

“66-

Page 71: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE20

DISTRIBUTIONCOEFFICIENTSFORTHE EXTRAC1’]ONOF TETRAVALENTANO HEXAVALENTACTINIDESUITH1.9MTRIAI.IYLPHOSPHATE/n-DODECANE FROU ZM HNO! AT 30°C7’

Extractsnt

Tri-n-butylphosphate

Triisobutylphosphate

Tri-n-amylphosphste

Tri,imamylphosphste

Tri-n-hexylphosphate

Tri-n-octylphosphste

Tri-[2-ethylhexyl)

phosphste

Tri-[2-butyl]

phosphate

Tri-(3-amyl)phosphate

Tri-(3-methyl-2-butyl)

phosphate

Tri-\(4-oethyl-2-amyl)

phosphste

DistributionCoefficientsa.——Th Np(IV)b h(IV)O J(VI] Np(vI)~’ PUNI)—— —— —. ——2.9

2.4

2.9

4.2

3.0

2.4

2.s

O*4S

0.22

0.18

0.047

3.22.?

4.2

4.7

3.6

3.4

4.3

4.9

3.5

3.(?

3.5

16.1 26

11.8 22

15.6 32

17.8 34

1S.6 38

15.3 33

25 58

28 42

18.1 49

24 47

22 38

15.6

15.9

19.3

18.9

20.0

1s.7

23

25

24

3.5

3.4

4,1

4.4

4.s

3.9

5.7

4.6

5“0

S.4

4.9

a. For traceramountsof the givenelements.b. The aqueousphasecontainsO.OIMFe(?WzSO~)t.u. The aqueousphssecontsinsO.OIMN8NOt.d. The aqueousphasecontsinsO.OIM(~)2Ce(10,1{.

- 67 -

Page 72: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

necessarily the same for all elements.1”

A method with mono[2-ethylhexyl]orthophosphoricacid in

contact with 12M N(21+ O.lM hydroquinone has been effective for

separating Np(I’!/) from U(VI), Pu(III), Am(I[I), Cnl(lII), and

trivalent rare earths. The K value for Np([V) is ‘V103,and for

the other cations,mlO-l; thus, separation i:5 attained by a single

contact followed by multiple scrubbing of tl~e organic pha:$e.~’~

K. Kimura178 has determined the acid depend{mcy of the distribu-

tion coefficients for many elements extract~ti by SO vol%

bis(2-ethylhexyl)orthophosphoricacid(HDEWP: from HCl solutions

(Figure 7), These data offer the basis for separating Np from

many cations.

The distributioncoefficientsof Am(Ill:], Pu(IV), NP(V), and

U(VI[) in HDEHPfrom HNOo are given in Figure 8.179 The dis-

continuity in the Np(V) curve at high acid concentrations is

probably due to disproportionation cJf Np(V) into Np[IV] and Np(V[),

both of which are more extractable than Np(V).

Np(V)Iin dilute nitric acid has been separated from U(VI),

Pu(IV), and Th(I’V) by HDEHPextraction; however, there was evidence

that a few percent of the Np(V) was reduced to Np(l’V) and not

separated by a single extraction. 180 Kosyakw et C[ZjT9 used

HWH!P to purify Am(III) from other actinides in higher valence

states and,to accomplishtheir mutual separ~a:ion.Am(III), Pu, and U

were extracted from O.OIM HN03 after stabfl:[~ation of Np in the

-68-

Page 73: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Elrl$lFr c

N

+ DFP--CAB*T1*EN

s

wlks.stusiqmM4allW~da&

LMtAIXCAMabmwl#.DatJ#TMi=ui.Ma of EMhmurJ,Scrlibitq

Xd-. ?

Figure 7. Extraction of Elements frcm HC1 Solution by 50% HOEHPin Toluene as a Function cf Acid Concentration.17*

-69-

Page 74: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Log [HN03]

Figure 8. Extraction of Various Actinicl~!s into o.5MH(lEHP(Isooctane diluent) from HNO:I Solutions. lTg

-70-

Page 75: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

pentavalent state with sodium nitrite. I@(V) was then oxidized

to Np(VI) and extracted with HDEHP. Np(VI) was reduced to HP(V)

and recovered from the organic phase by washing with O.lM HNOs.

Am was back-extracted f- the HDEHPwith W HNOs and Pu was

reduced to Pu(III) and recovered by back extraction with 3M H?U)9*

U(VI) was recovered by back extraction w:.th lU (NH~)z COs.

Chudinov and Yako*~lati’-o extracted IJ and Pu from Np(V) with

HDEHPas a preliminary step in the colorflbetric determination of

Np(IV) with Arsenazo(IJI).

Peppard et a2!7”’D’al studied the extraction of several actinides

by mono-2-ethylhexylphosphoric acid (HzMEHP) from HC1 solutions

(Figure 9). The distribution coefficient for Np(IV) in 12M HCl

was ~103, 104 times larger than the non- “:etravalent species studied.

Gindler et UZ.’B2 used this method to puvify 2’GPu for fission

counting. The Np(IV) can be returned to the aqueous phase by

addition of TBP to the organic phase, re:;ulting in a great

reduction in the distribution coefficien-:.

Kosyakov et U2. *79 dete~ned the d:Lstribution coefficients

of Am(III), Np(V), Pu(IV), and U(VI) in I{zMEHPfrom nitric acid

(Figure 10). ~ey are generally higher :For the same aqueous

conditions than those for HOEHP.

White and ROSS183 have written a general review of the

extractive properties of tri-n-octylphosphine c~xide ~m).

-71-

Page 76: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

‘R17

-1

Figure 9. ExtractIon of some Actinide Cations into 0,48MH2MEHP in Toluene as a Funct’on of HCl Concentration.177

-. 72 -

Page 77: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

6.a

5.0

4.0

3“0

$3~ 2,,0d

I !,0

o

-1.0

-2.c)~.L--J_.-1.0 -0.5 0 0.5 I.()

LAW[HN03]

Figure 10. Extraction of Various Actilnldes into 0.2!4H2MEHP (Isooctane diluent) From HN03 Solutions.~79

-73-

Page 78: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Extractiondata for Np and other actinidos into TOPO have been

sunmnarizedby Weaver and Homer. leb

Extractionwith methyl isobutylketone (hcxone}is based on

the solvent power of hexone for the covalentnitrates of the (VI]

oxidation states. Hexone was used for large-scaleprocessing of

irradiatednuclear fuels (“redox”process) but has been supplanted

by other sol,ventsboth in plant and labflratoryapplications. A two-

cycle extractionsystem for the separationof neptunium from

uranium-fissionproduct mixtures has boon given by Maeck.195

Hexone extractionof Np(VI] from acid-{il:ficientAl(NOJ)S was

followed by TTA extraction. Excellent separationfrom U, l%, W,

and Zr was attained. Also, Np has been separa~tedfrolm Pu and La.

Np(VI) and IPu(VI)were produced by oxid~tion with KBr03; both

were extracted into hexone from an A1(N33)3 solution. Back

extractionwith an aqueous sodium nitrite solution yielded Np(V)

and Pu(III), neither of which is soluble in hexone. The hydroxides

were precipitatedand dissolved in nitric acids and ferrous

sulfamatewas added to give Np(IV’Jand Pu(III). Np was extracted

into a solution of tributylaminein he>,one,leaving the Pu in the

aqueous phase.*2g

Extractioncoefficientsfor ions :.ntohexone from several

different aqueous compositionsare shown in Table 21,

Dieth:yletherquantitativelyextra,:tshexavalentNp, ?%, and

Am from salted solutionscontaininga strongoxidant (Table 22).la6

.“74-

Page 79: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

EXTRACTION

TABLE1!1

COEFFICIENTSOF VARIOUSSOLUTESINTOHE)(ONEAT 25°C1°

Salting Agent (M)

Al(N3s) s 1.3

1.3

2“0

2,0

1.3

1.95

1.3

1.s

0.7

1.0

1.5

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.3

1.4

HH,HO, 8

8

11.1

ill

11.1

Al(HO$)S 2.0

A1(HOY)S 0.s

1.0

2.0

tai,tq 4.3

8.7

11.0

Nc~- (M)

4.0

3.9

6.1

6.1

4.4

6.3s

$.4

S.O

2.6

5.4

JI.5

:;.s

:;.2s

:i.1

4.1

4,,6

E.2

8.2

11.6

11.6

11.6

6.3

1.8

3.3

6,3

4,6

9!0

1~ 3

a.b.

Concentrationof all solutesis

h-emitting fissionproducts

!wd!!!l0“1

0.0

1.7pH

0.1

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.s

0.5

0.4

0.0

0.5

0.2s

0.10

0.20

0.4

0.2

0.2

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

——

ExtractionCoefficient

0.02

<0.0001

0.011

0.0003

2.1

0.0018

1.5

<().001

1.7

0.82

1.1

0.009

0.01

0.10

0.12

0.10

0.004

0.0005

1.7

9.8

0.14

.50.0

0.1

2.0

30.0

0.18

2.0

14.0

2 g,f:

aftel’144-daycoolingperiod.

7s ..

Page 80: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Solvent——

Ethyl ether

Dibutyl

carb i no 1

DBBP,= .Jot

D~,d 85$

TABLE22

E.KTRACTIONOFNEPTUNIIH,PLUTONIM,AND MERICIW INTO VARIOUS SOLVEWS

\ Extrm:ted—-.———

Aqueous Phase ~ (xv)b

1!4 tiW3; sat IWbW,

bN HNos 9

ml HNo, 17

W tfl’o, 1-7

7 co w Iiuws 23

dlM HND, 91

% Hm, 15

2.4M ca(K)$)*; 0.6)4 w,

?i.4Mca(ND1)2; o.oSN ~~

!ko2. !P.u!l !!LQIQ w WQ!!la 100

17 12 70

6S !2 89

23 )1 8:

48 1’9 95

11

0.3 41.—

a. High efficiency; no value given.

b. Np(IV) unstable in W40J.

c. Dibutyl-butyl phosphonate, DBBP.d. Dibutyl ether. @BE, * i’th 15% CCIQ.

-76-

Page 81: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Other elements that extract strongly are Ce(IV), Au(III), and

SC{III); P, Cr(V1], As(V), Hg(ll), T1[III.1, III(W), and Bi[III)

are partially extracted. After back-extraction with dilute acid,

ferrous ion and urea orhydrazine are added to reduce Np(VI) to

Np[Vl; IWNOS is added for salting. A second extraction with

diethylether further separates Np(IV) fron U(VI).127~i@’

Distribution data for several of the actinides, including

neptunium,as a function of nitric acid concentration into dibutyl

carbitol are reported.l”’oloo

Amine extractants, including long-chmin alkyl or aryl primary,

secondary,and tertiary mines, and quaternary amine salts react

with acids to form an ion-association complex which is soluble in

the organic phase. The mechanism is illu:itrated with a tertiary

amine:

‘3N(org) “ ‘+ (aq) + A (aq]

A- may be either a simple anion

++ R3NH ---- A-

(org)

or the an:.on of a complex metal

acid. The

anion in a

R3NH+

The higher

complex may undergo a further reaction with another

❑ anner analogous to anion exchnnge.

.-. A (erg) + B (aq) + ‘9NH+ ‘“.- B (erg) + A {aq)

araines are excellent extractanl:s for Np(IV), PuIIV],

and U. The advantage of amines over orgamphosphoms ccqounds is

the greater stability to radiation and hydrolysis in radioactive

solutions. The amines are usually dissolved in an organic

-77-

Page 82: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

solvent (xylene, benzene, or chloroform). TCI ●chieve rapidlphase

separation and to prevent formationof a thixd ph8sB during

extraction,a s-1 amount [3 to S vol%) of a long chain aliphatic

alcohol is added to the organic phase. The l’elative extractztiility

of Np in nitrate solution is Np(IV) > Np(VI) > Np(V), although the

selectivity depends on the structure of the umine and the composi-

tion of the aqueous phase. The extrsctive pfwer of the asdncs in

nitrate and chloride solutions varies in the order Quarternary

~nium > tertiary > secondary > primaryJ’$i from H2SOS solutions,

the squence is reversed. The distribution l:oefficient of tetra-

valent and hexavalentactinides from IiCland HW~ acid solutions

decreases in the sequence Pu ~ Np > U > P- > Th.

Keder et al. 190 have rqorted distributim coefficients for

several actinide elements (more than one oxitiation state) from

nitric acid solutions with tri-n-octylamine (TOA) cliluted with

xylene (Figures li, 12, and 13).

The tetravalent ions show a second power depende,tce on the

amine concentration, indicating that the extracted complex involves

two amine molecules. Extraction of Np(IV)mIci Np{V’[) with

trilaurylamine (TLA) from nitric acid is reported. 1’]*1$2 A

review of :Iiquid-liquid extraction with high molecular weight

amines has been publi:nrci.lg’

Np(IV) has been separateo frm U(VI), 1’u(III), Am(III), and

fission products by extraction of Np(IV) info tri-iso-octyhmine

-78-

Page 83: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

o

b

1.0 IP---dFigww 11. The Extractfofi of tlm QwIrawhnt Acti nt&

llftrat8s by 10 vol %TOA In Xylem. ;’s

-79-

Page 84: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

“r-vlt

b

lo4

no+02468 m 12 14

Ffgurt 12. The Extraction of tktlcxavalent ActfnfdkNitrates by 10 vol Z TOA in Xylene. ~g’

-80-

Page 85: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Ioo# w- ——

-1

AQtJoan Hrws, M

-81-

Page 86: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

(TIOA) in xylene from aqueous SM nitric acid solution containing

ferrous wlfamste. For further separation, the neptunium-bearing

organic solutionwas scrubbed with SM HMO$containing ferrous

Sul.famate. Final purification of Np was ●chieved with a TTA

extraction. 19’’~”s 239Np has been separated frm 2*~AJSby

extraction with TIOA.*g’ Np(IV) was extracted [i# > 20] froa 0.1

to IOM HPKlgwith O.lM tetraheptyl ~ni~ :litrata in xyltme.

Ihe ~was ~2000 in lMNNO1. l$’ O~stributilm data for a large

ntaber of elements in quaternary anmonium c~~ds fron various

solutionshave been determined, and a proc~lure for separ~~ting

Np and Puuith this system has been SWpOrtaX1.isC

Kedertiss has reported the distribution coefficients from

tetra - and hexavalcnt Np, Pu, and U from HICl solutions into TOA

(Figures 14 ●nd 1S). Pu(lV) is much more extractable than Np(IV]

and U(IV) under the same conditions, and the hemnmlent actinides

are umc extractable than the tetravalent in this :\ystem.

Np(IV) ●nd Pu(lV) were strongly ext?actsd from sulfuric

●cid by the primary amine “Primene”* JH-T in XYlonc. In guneral,

the order of extraction of Np(IV) and Pu(lV) from mlfate solution

W8S primary >> secmdsry ~ tertiary ~Jne*20Q *n)’ ~re Proce”

durcs for aciinuextraction have been reported for U and Pu, sndi

these methods also offer potential for Np separmtic}n.es”i’]~ze’

Mixed &xtruotunt8 (ditwntaj. The torn synergism is iusod

to denote enhanced (or depressed) extraction of metaks by mixed

extract~nts (diluents) as c~ared to extraction by each extractant

~’gfstered tradcnamc of Rohm ●nd Mas Co.

-a2-

Page 87: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Jd-L-Ld_d.-s024 SOK)

Hcl. l!

Figure 14. ExtractlonoVU(IV) and NpI(IV)by 10X TM and Pu(IV) b{$!,mTu frm MCI Solutl on% ●

“8s -

Page 88: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

too

10

w’ E-..../2 4 6 10

Figure 15. ExtractIon of Hexavalent U, NP, mlPu fmm HCl 5olutlon with 1.0% TOAin Xylene.1’9

-64-

Page 89: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

(diluent) taken separately. The rangl~ of phenomena described

under the term synergism is diverse, l:omplex,and not completely

understood. A reviw of this subject is given by Marcus.*”

Although the subject has received con~iderable attention, only

a few examples sre reported for Np. Lebedev et a2.202 have

reported a procedure to determine 2“3Am through its daughter

product 2Y9Mp in solutions containing large quantities of curium

and fission products. O.lM l-phenyl- 3-methyl-.4-benzoyl-pyrazolon-S

(PMBP) and 0.2SM tributylphosphate (TEP) in benzene were used to

separate Np(IV~ from Zr, Mb, Cs, Ce, h and Cm in O.SMHNO, and

lM HIP04. More than 99% of the Np wa~ extracted with zO.1% of

other elements. The ““AR was determined by measurement of the

gm activity of the extracted 239Np,

Taubezog has d~scussed the inflwunce of polarity in two-

component diluent ●ixtues of chlorofl}rm, benzene and carbon

tetrachloride on the extraction of Np(IV) ●nd Np(VI) cooplexes with

several phosphate and amine extracta’nts. The results are inter-

preted in terms of the size of the complex npucies, the diluent

structure,, dipole interaction between complex and diluent, and

other factors. Figures 16 and 17 show t~~e effects of variation

of diluent mixtures on the dis+ributicm of Hp(IV) and (VI) into

TBP and tetrabutyl~nium nitrate frm nitric ●cid.

-8s-

Page 90: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

.,.

.. “--E

: L d“c.

20.1v

/

.4---

k

0 002 OA 0.6——

0.8 I .0

Mds Fmctiom of Dilusnts

Figure 16. Heptunlm ExtractIon with TBP fromW HNOS Into Dlluent Mxtures.2ss

-a6-

Page 91: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Figure 17.

Mol.Fructions d Dihmts

Of stri button Coefflc<lunts fclr WO( IV )Extraction with 10-2N Tetrat@yl-kmontum Nitrate from 3M NtKIs UsingMixtures of Different Dfluer~ts.203

-87-

Page 92: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

c. ION EXCHANGE

hhny variations of ion exchange are used for separating

14pfrom other ions. Np ions in dilute nineral acids with no strong

completing ions are sorbed by strongly acidic cation exchange

resins, such as sulfonated polystyrene. In general, the ability

of cations to be sorbed on cation exchangers increases with

increasing charge and decreasing hydrattd radius. Thus, the order

of sorbability on cation exchangers for .Np is Np(IV) ~>Np(III) >

~22+> W}* All Np species are sorted at low acid concentra-

tions and eluted with high uoncentraticmsof mineral acids;

elutio,~of NpO~ proceeds first and Np(I\) Ss last. Some anions

form neutral or anionic complexes with different oxidation states

of Np, so that Np may be eluted by this mechanism. Both Np(V) and

Np(VI) are slowly reduced to Np(IV) by common organic base resins.

For this reason and because cation exchange of Np(IV) offers

limited selectivity in the separation from other multivalent

cations$ this method has not been used ~idely for analytical

applications.

Anion exchange is one of the techniques mc)stuseclfor

separation of Np in analytical and process applications. The

method is simple to perfom and yields excellent separation from

many other elements, including most of the fission products.

Ion exchange ha~ been the subject cf many reviews. The

books of Helfferich,20°Samuelson,zosAnrphlett,20&and Rieman ant

-88-’

Page 93: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Waltonzo’ are good references to the theory end applications of

ion exchangers. Other reviews of ion exchange include Massart,20e

Korkisch,20s’2il and Faris and 8uchanan. :10

Anion Erohunge. Np(IV) forms anionic nitrate and chloride

complexes that are strongly sorbed by anion resins; the anionic

species provide separation from the cations of many other elements.

The hexavalent state of the actinides al:;o fozm strongly sorbed

anionic chloride complexes. Greater sep:ltation of Np is attained

from most other elements in the nitrate :;ystem than in the chloride

system. The distribution coefficients of many elements over a

wide range of nitric acid and nitrate concentrations have been

reported.212 Data are given in Figure 111.

In a typical anion exchange cycle, :~ sample containing Np

is adjusted to 7 to 8M HNOs for optimum :\orption of Np(W~)G2-

ions, and 0.01 to 0.05M ferrous sulfamatc is added to ensure that

all Np[V) and Np(VI] is reduced to Np(IV1. The solution is heated

to 55*C for 30 minutes or treated with sufficient sodium nitrite

to react all the sultlmate and oxidize e.rcess Fe(II) to Fe(III);

this treatment is necessary to prevent e.~cessive gassing in the

resin bed. The resin is washed with strong nitric acid to remove

Zr, Ru, Pa, Fe, Al, rare earths, U, transplutonium elements, and

most other cationic contaminants. ‘l’h(IV) and Pu(IV) are not

separmted; howevez, washing with 5 to 15 bed volmes of 5 to

6UW3-O.05M femous sulfamate-0.05M hydrazine reduces Pu(IV) to

-09-

Page 94: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

I

Figure 18. Sorption of the Elements from Nitric Acid Solutionsby Strongly Basic Anion Exchange Resins.212

Page 95: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Pu(III), which is removed from the column. Washing with W

HCl removes Th. The Np is eluted with 0.3M HNOg. Cross-linking

and particle size of the resin greatly influences the separation

from other cations as well as elution ofthc Np. i52’zi3-215

Macroporous anion resin is superior to gel-type anion resin for

21sa A number of similar procedures withseparation of Pu from Np.

variations in acid concentration and substitution of semicarbazide

or aminoguanidine for hydrazine have been reported.

The separation of tracer amounts of Np(VI], Th(IV), Am(III),

and Pu!IV) in nitric acid by anion exchznge has been reported.21G

The feed was adjusted to 7.2M HN03-0.054 NaN02 at 50”C to yield

Np(VI) and Pu(IV). After sorption on “Jowex” l-X4 resin, the2+

column was washed with 7.2M HNOg to elute Am(III) and Np02 ,

then with 4M HN03 to elute Th(IV), and Finally with 0.35M NN03

to elute Pu(IV). Other work with macro quantities of these

cations has shown incomplete separation of Np probably because

of some reduction to Np(IV]. Also, Th([V] and I%(IV) were not

completely separated. The separation o:: Np from fission products

in 7.SMHNOY using ascorbic acid reductmnt is reported by

Ichikawa.217

Radiochemically pure Np has been p::epared for production of

high purity metal with one nitr~te anion exchange cycle and two

chloride anion exchange cycles successillely.zie

The distribution coefficients of mnny elements over a wide

range of hydrochloric acid concentrations have been reported.

-91-

Page 96: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

These data are used to design separation systems :forchloride anion

exchange (Figure 19).*2*’zi9 Np, Th, and PU are :}eparated by

chloride anion exchange by sorbing the anionic chl~oro-complexes

of Np(IV) and Pu(IV) in 8 to J2M HC1. Pu(III) is eluted with

NHI+Iin 8M HC1, NH20H-NH41 in 12M HC1 or Fe’;12in 8MHC1; Th is

not retained; and Np is eluted with 0.3M HC1.iss’220 Distribution

data for 65 elements on “Dowex’’*l-X8from 2 to 17.4M acetic acid

in water have been reported221 (Figure 20), E)(~Fllesof several

separations including U and Np are given. Distribution data for

60 elements on cation exchange resin from 1 to 17.4M acetic acid

in water have also been reported.222 With !lp(VI) in 7.9M HC?HSOZ,

equilibrium was not reached even after 40 hours of mixing.

A method to separate and determine Np, Pu, U, Zr, Nb, and MO

in ❑ixed fission products by anion exchange with HC1-HF solutions

has been developed.223 Trace quantities of Np have been separated

from macro amounts of Zr and trace amounts clfNb by elution with

HC1-HF solutions.22° Also, HCI and HF solutions have been used

to separate U, PUB and Np from each other ard from alkali metals,

alkaline earths, rare earths, trivalent actinides,Al, Sc, Ac,

7%, Y, and Ni (Figure 21).225 Controlled elution with a series

of solvent mixtures was used to separate Np, Pu, Zr, Nb, Mo, Tc,

Te, and U from fission products.22G The chloro complexes were

sorbed on anion resin and sequential washes with 12M HC1-NHZOH-NH41(PU)B

10M HC1-Aq H20z(Np), 9M HCi-Aq Hz02(Np and 2r), 9M HC1-ethanol

(l:i, Zr), 6MHC1-ethanol (1:1, Nb), ethanol-lM HC1(4:1, Te],

● Registered Trademark of Dow Chemical Co.

-92-

Page 97: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

I

u)M

Page 98: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

EIMlll-F4 r

El0

EllI!iil‘-JD1

w.p

@1“ E3fllNM %

tlu fill

~.km

5

Eilllcl

Bil*.

I

mwi I4 idZI+I.1

Q4a.1 ,

l:+.;,,[.

: Kit!!Eil-.Eliilm.

., kill*I

1

IEwF#lEEEwH

n~ECdq.,

WImlw’..

::5..Ei34d

m1!1

HJ#L$lkm).

4-4

ULlRI‘w’

L

IiLi.1pd#i “w Ialw

EfElEm-1 lEm

EwuFigure 20.

,, 81

EiEiliSorption of the Elenwnts from Acetic Acid Solutions by an Anion-Exchange Resin ?2J

Page 99: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

T—-----71

k- 1

4 !50” I

Elu@nt W&moo column VdUCWB9

Figure 211. Uraniun-Neptuni uwPlutonlwn Sel~aration b y Anion

Exchange (“bwex” 1-X1O, 400 Nesh, 0.25 cm2x 3 cm Column). **s

-9s -

Page 100: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

ethanol-W IK1(4:I, *), O.IM Kl(ll)o and 4M tMls(Tc).

Other literature has included a study of the elution charac-

teristics af xp, PU, II. Pa, WJ Zr in 1~1, Imos, ●n’d ~b~h ~y~t~s

with ‘Skuex”-2 anion resin. EquiIibri~ data wru given for each

acid fm O.lV CO concentrated, and pss~ble separations bmsed on

eqvilfbri- da:a were summarized.*” Equilibrium data wre 8iven

for a ndmr of elements lnclwl~ng Np in 0.1 to WN NtPO. with

“lbuu#-2 resin. Separation ofSp frtmCs andleuas attained,

hut data were erratic.~a’

Sp has hem separated fmm Pa by elution uith 1231 K1-O.5N W

ukth Pa elut{ng first.’” Separation has also hem achieved by

clution u~th S!UIUl frm an~on resin, in which case Sp elutes

f~rst.zz*

!JJ(IV) haz been sorbad quant~tat~vely on ‘*R’”-l fsxm O.IN

Sa2CD1 ●nd elutod uith W*CI or dilute MC1.Y’O

Np(Vll] fores stahlc mlkal~nc s01ution9 as sk :+OS’- Ion.

.Sovikov a: (x:.z” studid the anion exchange behavlw of this

soluble complex as a poss~ble has~s for separation from other

elmts. lhe sorption was irreversible for all experimts; this

was attributed to the redxtion of the ~(~11] by the resin.

-%-

Page 101: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

An anion exchangemethod using the nitrate system has been

reported for removal of Np before spectrochemicaldetermination

of catioinicistpuritiesz]z(Procedure23, p 200),

In several reported instances, anion exchatn:le resin exploded

or ignited after use in nitric acid or strong ni’:rate ~olutions.233

Tlw!se ●ccidents are thought to be due to nitration of the skeleton

of the exchange resin, leading to the spontaneous! reaction in the

presence of heat. Anion exchange resin in the nitrate form

should not be stored in the dry state, and temperature should be

carefully controlled ●t <60*C when used in stronji nitric acid.

The nitric acid concentration should be <8.SM, a~~d flow to the

col,un should not be interrupted, particularly wlmn high levels

of radioactivity are in the col~.

cation &Ywhf.znge. Sulfonic acid type resins have had limited

applications for Np separations because both Np(uI) and Np(V) are

reduced S1OU1Yby the resin.:Sh Several separations hove been

reported for the pentavalent state of $ip. Y. A. Zolotov and

D. Nishanov235 reported the separation of Np from U, PI),and

fissioc products by elution of Np(V) ●head of U(~’1)with IN MNOj

frou a cation resin in the hydrogen form. Np was initially oxi-

di:tedto the hexavalent state with bmsate. Separation of Np

dqpended on reduction to Np(V) by the resin. Also, cation

exchange has been used for partial separation of Np from Pu(IV),

lh(lV), and Zr(lV). Np was ox~d~zed to Np(V) in dilute nitric

-97.

Page 102: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

acid before sorption on the resin, but a fe~rpercent of the Np(V)

was reduced to hlp(IV) by the “Dowex’’-5OWrosin and was not

separated from the other cations.23G

The distribution coefficients for many of the elements were

detmmined in 0.1 to 12M HBr with “Dowe~’-5G resin. Conditions

for separation of U(VI) and Np(IV) and separationof Np(IJ’)and

Pu(III) were given (Figures 22 and 23), Mary other separation

methods fcm Np could be devised from the distributiondata

(Figure 24).237

Np and Pu have been separated by elution from cation resin

with HF after reduction to Np(IV) and Pu(III) with S02.238 Np(IV)

was eluted first with 0.02M HFZ3’, and then Pu(III) was eluted

with 0.5M HF. Also, Np was separated from Pu by cution exchange

with HBr follGwecl by TTA extraction.2’0

Pressurized elution development chromat~graphy on cation resin

at 70 to 90*C with a-hydroxyisobutyric acid has been very useful

for separation of trivalent actinide elements both in the labora-

tory and with macroscopic quantities,z~~ Although no specific

separations of this type for Np are reported, the m~ethod is useful

for highly radioactive solutions.

Distribution data for many of the eleme~ts on “Dowe3@’,-50resin

over a range of hydrochloric acid concentrations and also over a

range of perchloric acid concentrations have been reported (Figures

2S and 26).1$’

-98-

Page 103: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

a- Smp18

9M WI

9M HBr

,,, .,,.

o ~ .44J-.-JQC)-2 6 8 m

Column Volumos

Figure 22. Separation of U(VI) and NP(IV;) bY Cation Excllan9@(“Oowex” !iO-X4 0.2 cmz x 2 cm Column@ 25 °}?37

3

-m

2

I

o0

+ Sarrrpk

6M HBr 9M HBr-CL2M HF

~MfJ(lv)

t,

,{-EkJ#..

4 8 12

Column Volumes

Figure 23. Separation of Pu(III) and Np(I\) by Cation Ex$~~nge(“Oouex’’5O-X4, 0.28m2 x 3 m COl~~, 600).

-99-

Page 104: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

t

Figure 24. Sorption of the Elements from tiBr Solutfons by a Catfon Exchange Resln,2$7

Page 105: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Figure 25. Sorptionof the Elemen:;8from HC1 Solutions by aCation Exchange Resin.

Page 106: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

I

I

Figure 26, Sorption of the Elements from HC104Solutions by a Cation Exchange Resin.23@

Page 107: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

i!no~anio Ion ticdzangera. Inorganic exchangers have been

largely superseded by synthetic resins principally because of

higher capacities and more useful physical characteristicsof

the synthetic resins. However, inorganicexchangershave the

advantage of greater resistanceto radiation dumage. The distri-

bution coefficients of 60 cations, including Np, on hydrous

zirconium oxide, zirconium phosphate, zirconiumtungstate, and

zirconiummolybdate have been ❑easured.zbz Shafiev et al.2k3

have studied the separation of Np, Pu, and Pm on zirconium

phosphate. Np(V) is not retained while trivalent elements are

readily eluted with lM HNOq. Pu(IV) is eluted with 0.5M HN03

containing reducing agents such as ferrcus sulfamate or hydro-

quinone. Zirconium phosphate does not change the oxidation state

of Np{V). The sorption of Np, Th, and U from HN03, HzSOb, and

HF solutions on amonium molybdophosphale (AMP) colunns has been

dete~ined.2b~”2”s The sequence of so~ltion is Np(IV] > Th[IV) >>

U(VI) ~> Np(VI) > Np(V). These same woy.kers demonstrated the

separation of Th, U, and Np using columns loaded with AMP.24G

Tsuboya et aZ.247 demonstrated conditions in a HNOJ system for

separating Np(IV) and U(VI] with a tung:;tic acid exchanger; Np(IV)

is much nmre strongly retained than U{VI) from 0.S to 2N HNOS.

- 103 -

Page 108: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

D. CHRWATMRAPHY

Emhwction C?w0watog3up@. Extrac::ion chromatography has

been applied to the separation of Np, PUB Am, and U with 100%

TBP sorbed on diatomaceous silica. The diatomaceous silica was

initially exposed to dimethylsilane vapor, then treated with TBP,

and used as the stationary phase. Nitric acid, with and without

reducing agents, was used as the mobile :~hase.zho Other workers2b9

used this system for a similar separation of NF and found that

modifications were required to prevent reduction of Np(VI] to

Np(V) and to improve separation from some fission products.

Eschrich250 used the same system to determine the oxidation states

of Np by eluting with 0.5 to 2M HN03. The order of elution was

Np(V), Np[IV), and Np[VI). It is probable that some reduction of

Np(VI) occurred.

23gNp was separated from fission proclucts and U on a column

of TM sorbed on glass powder.251 The chzomn.~a~raphic method gave -

much more effective separation than batch extraction; recovery was

adequate so that isotopic dilution was not necessary. However, ‘

two column separations were necessary to separate Np frm Zr.

Wehner et aZ. 252 have also reported separ;ltion cf ~3gNp from

fission and activation products on Poropak..Q impregnated wi~h

lTA-o-xylene.

Some workers have used “Kel-F”* or ‘~eflon”** powders coated

wkth an organic extractant as the stationary phase for extraction

● Registered tradename ofM. K. Kellogg Co.

●*Registered tradename of Ou Pent.

- 104 -

Page 109: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

chromatography separations. “Kel-F” powder :oated with trilaurylamine

nitrate has !]een used to separate Np from U, Pu, and fission

products. The feed was adjusted to 2M HN03 - O.lM Fe(SO~N}12)2 and

passed through the bed. After the column wa:i washed with .lMHN03

containing Fe(S03NH2)2, thu Kp was eluted with HzS04 - HN03.

The method is very selective for Np(IV) and has yielded chemically

pure 23gNp when the weight ratio of U to Np was >1010 in the feed?s3

The separation requires one to two days. A :imilar method was

developed for the coseparationof Np and Pu from U.zs”

PapeY C?uwmatograp)qf. Paper chromatography Rf values for

elements Ac through Am in many mixtures of either tCV03 or HC1

with methanol, ethanol, and butanol have been determined by

Keller.zss It was necessary to reduce Np(VI) to Np(V) or [IV)

before starting the separation because Np(VI) is slowly reduced

in the column resulting in poor separation of the bi~nds.

Neptunium(IV) was separated from III(IV) with 12M HC1-butanol and

>8M HN03-butanol mixtures. Also, good separation of Np(IV) from

U(VI) was attained with >lM HC1-butanol; Np(V) was separated

from U(VI) with 2M HC1-ethanol as developer.

Clanet2sb measured the Rf values for ele:~ents with atomic

numbers 90 through 96 in mixtures of mineral .~cids with alcohols

and discussed analytical applications.

Rf values for Np(IV), (V), and (VI) have been reported for

paper treated with TOA using 0.5M HN03 developer solutions

- 105 -

Page 110: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

- . .... ... ,,. . ............ .

containing LiNOS, NN~NOS, or Al(~s)3. The valuss are well

separated for the different oxidation states of .Npand for the

different actinides.zs’ Rf values were also obtained for paper

treated with solutions of tetrabutylhypophosphate in acetone-

water (20:1) using developer solutions of nitric and petrchloric

acid.2se

Twelve fission and neutron capture isotope:; including 23gNp,

have been separated from irradiated uranium with aqueous hydro-

fkuoric and methylethyl ketone-hydrofluoric acid mixtures as

developers.259

Thin Layer (%rcxnatography. Rapid separation of different

valence states of Np from each other and from ether actinide

elements by thin layer chromatography on ‘7eflcm’’-4O powder

saturated with O.lM tetrabutylhypophosphate solution has been

demonstrated.2 ‘e

Gza Chrcwfatogq?ly. Effective separation of the transuranium

elements by gas chromatography of their chloriies has been

demonstrated.z 60 The volatile chloride comploxes were synthesized

at %SOO°Cby adding A12C16 vapors into the carrier gas. The

experiments were carried out in glass capillaxy colums maintained

at %2500C with less than one microgram of each actinide. Cm, Am,

and Pu were eluted in order of decreasing ator~ic number in about

the snme position as lighter Ianthanide elements in a similar

experiment. The retention times of W, U, and Pa are much

- 106 -

Page 111: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

shorter;it is postulated that the tetra{:hloridesof these elements

i~re produced. The chromctogram is measu]’edby collecting fractions

of A12C16 condensateat the exit of the c:olumn. The actinide

hydroxidesare carried with La from strcxlglybasic solution and

separated from Al. Then the actinide is deposited, anclthe alpha

spectrum is measured with a surface barrjer detector and multi-

channel pulse height analyzer.

F. . OTHER METHODS

Volatilization. Separation of more-volatileNp(IV} chloride

from PuIIII) chloride and other less volatile chlorides has been

reported.261’262 The actinide chlorideswere prepared by passing

carbon tetrachloridevapor at 650”C over mixtures of pl.utonium-

neptunium oxides or oxalates. The nepturium chloride sublimate

was collected with a separation factor of’%3 x 103 for Np initially

containing4% Pu; the yield was w96%. Tie method is useful for

obtaining quite pure Np where a quantitativeseparation is not

~equired.

NpFG is quite volatile, intermediatebetween UFG SLndPuFG.

Separationwas attained from UFG by co-scrptionof the hexafluo-

rides on NaF. Then the F@FGONaF complex was reduced, and the UF6

desorbect.After refluorination,the NpF:cwas desorbed.263

EZectrophore8i8. Clanet256 has developed m electrophoretic

method on cellulose acetate membranes tclseparate the charged

species formed by elements with atomic rmrnbers90 to 96 in 1 to

- 107 -

Page 112: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

12M HC1 and HN03. Mobility curves have beer obtai:nedfor the acid

concentrationrange for both acids. A large number of potential

separationsof these elements and the solution conditionsare

tabulated, Some of the separationsof Np irclude !Jp(IV)ctr(V)

from U(VI:);Np(IV) from Pu(IV) or (VI); Np(lV), (V), or (Vi) from

Aml’”IiI)and Cm(III); and separationof the clxidationstates of Np.

Electrodepoeition. Although electrodqlositionhas been used

to prepare mOUMS for radiometricmeasuremc!r~t,electrolys~lshas

not been used as a separationmethod. Ther(!has been one report

that U, PtJ. and Np were separated by electrtllysis from HIWlsby

var:yingthe pH. Optimum conditionswere slultedas current density

7S0 to 1000 mA/cm2 with a plating time of 2 to 3 hours and solution

volume of 20 to 30 ml. Np is completelydelmsited at pH :* 9, and

Pu and U are completely deposited at pkl C6 ~md pH <3, respectively.2’*

Other workers using different media for ele~:trolysishave been

unsuccessful in separating Np from other ac-:inicles. Although

partial separation from a number of comon l:ations has been attained,

no useful separation method has been reportlxi.

Mi808zkneim8. An analytical scheme Ih,is beer) described uhich

yields sequential separation of the elements including Np renaining

after neutron exposure of 1 mg of ● fissile dlememt.z’$ ‘The

products were separated and isolated for determination of isotopic

abundance by -ss spectrometry using solvent extra~ction, ion

exchange, extraction chromatography, and prccipitution methods.

- 108-

Page 113: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

VIII. ANALYTICAL METHODS

A. SOURCE PREPARATION AND RADIOMETRIC METHODS

Counting. Because counting methods are more :}e:lsitivethan

chemical or spectrochemicalmethods, they ara the primary methods

for identifyingand quantitativelydetenainingNp. The two most

237Np ~d 23*Np.common Np isotopes are 237Vp is uwally determined

by alpha counting its two major alpha transitions $~t 4.781 and 4.762

MeV. If 237Np has decayed for a period of shout 6 months or longer,

it can be dete~ined by gama ray spectroscopy of its 2y]Pa

daughter. [f 2’:’Np is separated from 233Pa lthich h~as an 86.6-keV

gam :?ay, the 2~7Np 86.6-keV g- ray can I>e counted dimectly.

239Np is determined by g- counting its gains transitions at

228 md 273 keV.*O

The gross alpha activity of 23’Np can b41 determined with a

proportional counter or plastic scintillation) cout~ter. If other

●lpha-eaitting nuclidcs are present, ●n ●iphm pulse height

●nalysis with ● surface barrier detector 8111cws a detemimtion of

the percentage of the total alpha counts attl’ibutableto 2:17Np.

Liquid scintillationcounting can be uwd to determina gross

●lpha activity with ●lmost 100$ ●fficiency ard in many cases can

be used to determine 237Np in the presence d other alpha-omitting

nuclides. l%- energy resolution in giquid %C!intillmtion if~ MOO KeV

-1o9-

Page 114: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

as coward to 1S KeV for surface barrier (Ietectors.

--ray spectrmetry with either a !la I scintillation

detector or a Ge(Li) detector may be used 1:0 determine 2s9Np.

For 23$Np gamma rays (228, 278 KeV), the tw]ergyresolution of a

typical coaxial Ge(Li) detector (about 1.0 KeV) is much better

than for NaI (about 20 KeV). The efficien:yof such Ge(Li)

detectors relative to a 3 x 3 in. NaI dete~tor is 3 to 1S% for the

1.33-MeV g- ray. Ge(Li) low-energy photon detectors (LEP)

have an energy resolution of 0.S KeV with lower efficiency.

An o-y coincidence method for determinating 237Np was

developed which increased selectivity.2s” The resolving time of

the coincidence system was taken as 8 x lC”-6 sec.

A radioactivation method was developfd to increase the

sensitivity for determining 237Np.2G5 Thf!activation product is

short-lived 23@N which is determined by t:ountingits 1.0 MeVP,

gama ray. To obtain maximum sensitivity, the Np should be purified

before and after neutron irradiation.

A sunssary of tho sensitivity and sel,?ctivil:y of radiometric

and radioactivation methods for determini~g Np is presented in

Table 23. In summary, alpha counting is the ~!;t convenient method

for 237Np, and gamma spectrometric methods are preferred for 238Np

and 239Np. Because of the contirr~ingadvancements in nuclear

radiation detection systems, the sensitivity, precision, and

accuracy of the radiometric methods discussed above could be

- 110 -

Page 115: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

O.ostoo.lmg

0.1 to 0.s ~

0.01 to 0.1 q

s m10-bI a 1O-B..m-.soo.zm110-~..50

-.M10

..5mJo-”..Icm

..,@l

MsmIr’.-..so....(0.1co 1]

[0.1 CO 1]

.-. .

. .

Iw

. .

Iw

(>1)

(>1]

(>IM)

. .

. .

. .

[10s)

1

1~sa

●Iw

. .

O.u 10 to soO.oa, ,1

O.OJ,.,s

Yoto 100111

Ill

1,1”

0.0s

It’

lo tow

G.1

I

1

. .1 1 101 uJtozQ0.1 M 0.s Iq

In 10 ●10-m-i 0. u0.

Stoa10”’ tm10”” W1

10-’ 1010-1KI

Ic’●o*●18’0.1

5t000

0.1

I

T-w-” -tm #‘‘*I

F?

- 111 -

Page 116: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

improvedwith available advanced instrumentatim.

Scurce Preparation. Direct evaporationig the simplest

❑ethod for preparing sample aliquots for counting. The

disadvantage for alpha pulse height analysis is the thickness

of the deposit, which results in self absorption of the alpha

particles. If a surfactant such as tetraettlyleneglycol

(S0 pg/cm2) is added to the aqueous solution, the NIPsolution is

evaporated from a film rather than a drop resu,~ting in a more

homogeneous deposit.zc’’z~’ The surfactant polymerizes on heating

and bums up when ignited. The diluted sample is transferred to

a suitable counting plate, e.g. stainless steel disk, and slowly

evaporated to dryness to prevent spattering. The direct munt is

flamed to dull red heat, cooled, and coated with a thin layer of

collodion solution, and the Np is counted.

ElectrodePosition has been widely used to prepare high-quality

sample mounts for precise alpha counting. The procedure is extremely

useful when samples contain a mixture of alpha emitters that need

to be resolved. Electrodepositionresults in excellent sample

mounts fmm organic solutions that evaporate very slowly or leave

large amounts of residue and fmm ●queous solutions that contain

large a-nts of dissolved solids.

Np and other actinides can be deposited from a vmriety of

electrolytes ●nd under sewral conditions. Gravessgg described

- 112 -

Page 117: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

a semiquantitativemethod for depositing 237Np from Li onto Pt.

Ko27~)reported a method for quantitativedepositionof Np from

O.ZM HC1OQ - 0.15M NH4COOH, and Mitche11271used NH+C1 - HCl to

obtain a yield of’94%. Some systems used by other workers272-274

are formic acid-ammoniumformate, ammoniumcoalate, ammonium

acetate, ethanol,,isopropanol,and Nli4Clwitt uranium carrier.

Donnan and Dukes275developed one of the!fastest procedures

for quantitativedepositionsby combiningMj,l/chell’smethoclwith

uranium carrier addition. 23aU is added as ii carrier in three

incrementsto the NH%Cl electrolyteto ensurf!quantitativeyield;

only 20 minutes deposition time is required. An average recovery

of 99.8% with a relative standard deviation {IftO.2% (n = 10) was

obtaind with Pu. Similar results were obtained with Np.

Resolutionof 20 keV is achieved consistentlywith electro-

depcsitedmounts and a silicon surface-barrierdetector.

Parker and Colonomos276reviewed electrodepos;Ltionprocedures

and described two new methods. One is a co-depositionmethod for

alpha-spectrometry,and the other for preparationof carrier-free

layers as fission detectors. In the co-depc,sitionmethod with

237N was deposited quantil.ativelyin 10 min aturanium carrier,, P

170(0V with stainless steel as the cathode.

In other recent work, Np was deposited quantitativelyfrom

ammonium oxalate or ambonium acetate solutifmor mixed ammonium

- 113 -

Page 118: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

oxalate-ammoniumchloride electrolyte.z’’-zgo Alcohol is an

excellent plating medium for aqueous and orgalic samples. Methods

have been reported for ethanol, isopropanol, md alcohol saturated

with ammonium chloride.201-2B3 Deposition from sulfuric, hydrochloric,

perchloric, and oxalic acid has been reported by Palei.20+

The effect of variables on the quantitative deposition on Np and

other actinide elements has been reported by other authors.:1e5’2aG

Other methods which have a lower efficiency but yield sources

with excellent resolution include vacuum sublimation and electro-

spraying.28b-2g1 Both electrodeposition and (!lectrospraying have

several disadvantages. These ❑ethods take a longer time than

evaporation and require special equipment including a specially

designed electrolytic cell for electrodeposition, high voltage

equipment, and special capillary with a needle electrode for

electrostatic spraying.zGG

B. SPECTROPHOTWHRY

Although different oxidation states of NF have sharp absorption

bands, spectrophotometric analysis has had liuited use because

rmdiometric procedures are mme sensitive. Further, alpha contain-

ment is required for the spectmphotometer, anu opermtion within

a glove box is tedious. Generally, procedures used for other

actinides can be applied to the determination. Np i:~ adjusted to

● single oxidation state, and the concentration is calculated

from the nlar extinction coefficient and the absorption of the

- 114 -

..-.

Page 119: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

solution at the proper wavelength. When more than one oxidation

state is present, appropriateequationsma:~be formulated for the

concentrationof each component.=g=

Abaoz@ion Bade. Important absorptionbands and molar

extinction coefficientsof the different oxidation states are

listed in Table 24. Most of the sharp bands can be used for

qualitativeor quantitativework even though they only obey

Beer’s Law over a limited concentrationrange. The best band to

use for analysis of Np(III) is at 786 mp kecause this band obeys

Beer’s Law. The strongestbands for Np(I\’)(960 mp, 723 mp)

do not obey Beer’s Law, but they can be used with appropriate

calibration and constant slit width. The strongest band for

Np(V) (at 980 mu in lM HNOS) does obey Be{:r~s Law;2qo a high-

resolution mmochromator (e.g., a double-grating monochromator)

should be used. Cauchatier’ and coworker:;2go have developed a

method for determining Np in irradiated nuclear fuels by measuring

the Np(V) band in lM HN03. The pentavalent state is produced by

adding hydrazine to a Np(V]-Np(VI) ❑ixture obtained after

evaporation of the nitric acid solution. Correction for Pu(VI)

is necessary. The most useful band for Np(VI) :1s at 1.23 urn;

Colvin developed a method using this band for measurements in

nitrate solution.*9’ In this method, Np is oxidized to the

hexavmlent state with sodiID bichromate, and thm the acidity is

●djusted to 1 to 2U. The ●bsorbance is measured at 1.23 urn

- 115 -

Page 120: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

TABLE24

IMPORTANTABSORPTIONPEAKSOF NEPlUNIltN2g’-2s’

Absorption 8and [w)Np(II1) 55P

60~#d~la,d,86b,d

84E+

991b

1363b

Np(IV) 50CF~wa,d

590.5=~d

WOCFcd

~71s ‘

7z3b

74f’d

800Cad825‘

961#975=

428a~l,b,d

~17cJa’

98&

W39CF

N’Pwl) 476a

55P

1223bJd

1230c’d

Np(VII) 412*

618e

m(v)

MolaI”Extinction Coefficient.—44.5

25.8

30.5

44 (50to 60°C)

%25

W27

-39

%15

22.9

16.1

% 7.5

~ 3.7

127

43.0%2]

24.5

162

%32

11,1

22

--18

395

%]80

6.4

6,8

45

%43

1370?40

382*1O

a. lMlCIOq.~1.~ ~lo,.c. IMHNOJ.d. Obeys8eer*sLaw.e. KOHSolution.

- 116 -

Page 121: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

against a referenceHN03 solution that i:;the same HN33 concentration

as the sample. The method has a relativu standard deviation of

?0.5% at 3 g/k. A number of ions, including Pu, do not interfere

when present in amounts ten times that o:: the Np. A study on heavy

water solutions of neptunium salts in wh:.ch numerous well-defined

bands were found in the region 1.2 to 1,11 Um is reported by

Waggener.sOO

color cmph?xe8. Spectrophotometric methods for Np lack

sensitivity. Furthermore, the position of the band extinction

coefficients are affected by some anions and by the Np concen-

tration. These disadvantages are pafi.ially overcome when color

complexes that have very high mlar extinction coefficients are

used. A ❑ethod with arsenazo III [1, 8-dihydrcxynapthalene-3,

6-disulfonic acid-2, 7-bis(azo-1) benzenn -2-arsenic acid] is

reported.301-303 The intensity of the s~:able green complex

of Np(IV] snd arsenazo III is measured al: 665 mu. The color

forms instantaneously, and its intensity is constant over

the concentration range 4 to 6M HN03. The molar extinction

coefficientat 665 mp is %105. Chudinov and Yakovlev separated

U{IV), Pu(IV), and Th(IV), which fozm colored complexes, from

NpC)2+by extraction with di-2-ethylhexylphosphoric acid (HDEHP) in

carbon tetrachloride. After extraction, Np is reduced to Np[IV],

and arsenazo III is added. The lower lirlit of detection is

0.04 vg/ml, and the relative accuracy is between 1 and 7t,

- 117 -

Page 122: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Bryan and Waterbury302 separated Np from U cnd Pu by extrac-

tion with tri(iso-octyl)amine(TIOA)before d~!terminingthe

arsenazo 111 complex. They found that of 4S ~!lementsteste:i,

only Pd, Th, U, Pu, and Zr interfered, The :r{!lativestandard

deviation was between 7.2 and 1.1$ in 200-mg :;amplesof 8.S to

330 ppm of Np. (Procedure 20, p192.) Novikolr et aZ. have

studjed the color complex of Np(IV) with Arse]lazoM.30” At

664 mu the molar extinctioncoefficient is 1.18 x 10s in 7M HCl

and 9.5 x 10” in O.SM HC1.

Thorln was used by several.workers to analyze ?Jp.30S’30G

The absorbance is measured at 540 mu against a reference solution

not containingNp. The molar extinction coefficientmeasured

with a Beckman DIJspectrophotometeri.s~~14,500. The precision of

the method at the 95% confidence limits is t2.1% fo:r0.63 Ug of

?Jp/ml. Chudinov and Yakovlev used extraction to separateNp from

U and Fu interferences. The thorin method has also been automated307

with the Technican AutoAnalyzer,and the pr~’cisionhas been,

improved.

Np reacts in weakly acidic solution (pHv2) with xylencl

orange to form a colored complex with an absorbancemaximum at

S50 mv and molar extinctioncoefficientof 5,S x 10*.3*8 X,ylenol

orange is three times more sens~tivethan thcrin but only clne-half

as sensitive as arsenazo 111 as a reagent fcj~Np(IV), The greatest

- 118 -

Page 123: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

advantage of xylenol orange is that uranyl ions do not interfere.

Fe(III),Zr, Th, and Bi interfere.

Np(IV) forms a color complex with quercetin that is stable

in the pH range 3 to 7 and obeys Beeris Law ove:ra concentration

range 0.4 to 4.0 ug/ml. The molar extinction coefficient is

z2,3 x 10b at 425 mu. This method requires an extensive purification

to remove cations and traces of organic i:npuritie~,30g

The color complex of Np(V) and arsen~zo 111 exists over a

narrow pH range and was studied by Chudinov md Yakovlev. 310 A

method with the green-coloredcomplex of llp(V)and chlorophosphonazo

111 was also developed by these workers.~:] Chemical separation

or masking agents are required for a nurbcrrof elements. Chudinov

has studied spectrophotometricallythe interactionof 12 organic

dyes of different types with Np02+.312 He concluded that the most

promising reagents for pentavalent neptunium are l-(2-pyridylazo)

rt?sorcinol (PAR), arsenazo 111, and chlorophosphonazo 111. With PAR,

the molar extinction coefficientis M.3 x 10” at 510 mu.

c. CONTROLLED POTENTIAL COULOMETRY

Determination of Neptunium ConcentratLo~. Alpha counting is

generally superiorto coulometryfor determining less than a few

micrograms of Np; however, controlledpotential coulometry is an

accurate and precise method for determining;Np above the 10-Dg

level.313 The electrolysiscell contains n platinum electrode at

which the Np(V/VI) couple is titrated in OSM HzSOd. First,

- 119 -

Page 124: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

the Np is oxidized to Np(VI) with Ce(IV), the Np(k’1] and Ce{IV)

are electrolyticallyreduced to Np(V) and Ce(IIl”], and then Np(V)

is coulometri(callyoxidized to Np(VI). T’leintegratedcurrent,

in the last step is ~lsedtc calculate the concentrationof Np.

The standarddeviation ranged from 6’%for 7 Bg to 0.05% for about

1 mg of Np. AS little as 2 ug was detectl>d.Elements which

significantlyinterfereare Au, Pt$ Hg, “rl,and Cl ; Pu and Pd

cause only slight interference. Stromatt’s method was used

successfullywith a gold electrode insteallof a platinum electrode

to eliminate the Pt/Pt(OH)2 reaction repw:ted by Fulda.9i~

Fulda obtained a precision of tO.6% for [5mg of Np. In another

applicationof Stromatt’smethod, the prot:isionwas O.1% (n = 8)

for 9 mg of Np. Also, 3uckingham31s demo]lstrateda coefficient

of variation for the coulometricmethod o~:*0.8% for neptunium

o~ide and ?1.11$(n = 11) for neptunium nil:ratesolutions.

Delvin and Duncan316 used the same method in the presence of

nitrate with H2S04 electrolyte. Plock an(lPolkinghorne]17used

coulometry to analyze solutionsof dissoltredalloys for both U and

i’Jp without prior chemical separation. Plropst318 has reported a

coulomtericmethod for Np using a conducltlngglass electrode in a

thin-layerelectrochemicalcell. Organic contaminantsinterfered

and were removed by bisulfate fusion befo:.e coulometry.

- 120 -

Page 125: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Determination of Ozidat ion States. This method applies to

the (IV), (V), and (VI) states and was reportejby strOmatt.’l’

The analysis depends on the fact that Np(IV) i; not clxidized, nor

is Np(V) reduced at a significantrate at a pl~tinum electrode in

lM H2SO~ electrolyte. The procedure is: (1) ~ potential is applied

at the controlled potential electrode to reduc: Np(V1) to Np(V);

(2) Np(V) is electrolyticallyoxidized to Np(V[); (3) Ce(IV) is

added to oxidize Np(IV) to Np(VI); (4) excess :e(IV) and Np(VI)

an? electrolyticallyreduced to Ce(III) and Np(V); ard [S) Np(V)

is electrolyticallyoxidized to Np(VI). Np[VI) is determined in

the first step. The differencebetween the integratedcurrents

for the first and second titrations corresponds to Np(V], and

the difference between the integrated currents for Step S and

Step 2 correspondsto Np(IV).

L&termination of &idation-l?e&ction Pot.e~tia2. The potential

for the Np(V)/(VI) couple was ❑easured in sulf~ric,perchloric, and

nitric acids with a platinum electrode.g2 The ~tential in HC1

was not obtained because of reductionof Np(VI) by chloride.

The inability of the method to measure irreversiblecouples,

such as Nap/, is a serious limitation. The potential for

the Np(III)/(IV) couple was obtained with a mercury electrode.

D. POLAROGRAPHY

Alternating current polarography with square-wave or pulse

polarographshas been applied to detemine small concentrations

- 121 -

Page 126: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

of Np+) Slec and othurs J*’ have reported an analytical method

with square-wave polamgraphy to determine %@in Pu after pre-

liminary separation from Pu by 77X extraction. !tp is Ihack-

extracted froa the ITA into IOMHMI1. After sewer41 evapora-

tions with nitric acid and uet ashing with mixrd nitric

and perchloric acid (to oxidize organic asterixl], the final per-

chlorate residue is taken ~ in i ml of (IKI. ;! mg of W hydmxyi-

amine hydrochloride is ●dded, and the solution is evapwated to

reduce the wlw to 0.S IS1. Then, 0.S id of IM EDTAis added;

the solution is adjusted to @i S.S to 6.$ with several drops of

amsonia and diluted to S ●l. Exactly 2 IUI of the dilution are

transferred to a polarographic cell and \pargedl with nitrogen.

The Nppeak is recorded at about -0.8V a~ainst the IS4WCUX’Y pl

electrodo on the square-wave polarograph. Then an accurately

measured aliqwt of a standard Np soiutin prepared in EDTA is

added to the cell, and the !Wpconcentrationin the ori,ginal

solution is calculated from the increase in peak height.

Interference from the oxidation of chloride ions is decreased

by adding EUrA to shift the half-wave potential.of the Np peak.

The patential for the reduction of the EDTAcomplex is about

700 mV more negative than for the reduction of neptunium ions;

therefore, the peak is shifted well away from the anodic oxidation

of chloride ions and is well defined. T~e authors report

precision of f2$ and $10% for concentrationrarlgesof 500 and

25 ppm, respectively.

- 122 -

Page 127: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Caucheeler ut al,**O reported a method whi~ch makes use of

the Xp(lV)-Xp(lll) couplo for determining Np :iIt solutions of

irradiated nuclear fuels ●nd 2“Xp targets. !ip is reduced

wlactmiyticaliy to Np(lV), and the polarograa is taksm. An

iali~wt of standard Sp is added to the cell, utd the procethm is

‘repeated . The method was used to analyze solutions with a NIp

content >20 mg/t coatainigq Pu, U, Fa, !di, Cr, and fission

[products,with 8 precision of~2%.

FWmography and other methods were used to coq~re the

chemistry

manual, po

complexes

of U, ?/p, and Pu by Kraus, at aZ.)2* Jenkins umd a

●mgraph to study the nature and stability of EMA,

with Np(II1) and Np(IV).’a’ Np(IIl) and ([V) wem

$tudied in chloride and perchlorate media by Hiwken and

Kritchevsky,8* *

Np was included in a review of eiectroch,aistry of the

●ctinides by Milner.’2* The sulfate complexai of Np(XV) were

studid polarographically by hsikm.a’

E. TITRATIW

Potenthmetfia. 10- to 100-mg quantities cf Np were detomined

by redox titration. $2S CC(IV) iS used to titrste ?/p(v) to N@(VI),

and iron(II) perchlorate was used to titrate llp(VI) to W(V)* fie

methods can be used successively on the same ~lliquot of sasple

if WI is present (to give the required ceri~:oxidation potential]

and chloride ion is absent (it would be oxidi:~ed to chlorine).

123 -

Page 128: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

. ..--!... ., .!’-... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stoppered weight burets were used for adding reagents, and a

plmtinu-cal~l ~ystem was used to detect the end points. Relative

standmd deviations for a single determination were 0.15# for

fezmus titers and 0.S9S for eerie titers.

Colnpbttiu Tftzu’tion. Np(IV) is titrated with a solution

of EDTAat pH 1.3 to 2.0 with xylenol orsngw as in.iicator. The

reactim of Np(IV) with EDTA is stoichl~tric and the color

changas from bright rose to light yell- at equal molar concentrations.

The error fordetemining 1 to 4 q ofNp i:~ 1 to 2%. Np(IV) is

produced in 0.01 to 0.05MHC1 with hydroxyl,smine reductant. Fe3+,

Zrh+, Pu’+, Th’+, and ●scorbic acid interfere. Reasonably large

-Unts of alkali, alkaline-earth, rare earth elements, Zn2+,

Cdz”, CO*+, Cr’+, Mn2+, Ni2+, and U022+ do not interfere.32G

(%Wopotentirntric. There hJ~ been little analytical

chemistry done in molten salts , and so c~r the only useful results

have been obtained from electmanalytical methods. 31p(IV] was

dete-ined quantitatively in molten LiC1-KCl eutectic at 400 to

SOO”C with an ●ccuracy of t4S.327

F. EMISS1(M SPECTROMETRY

Np has a line-rich emission spectra with the more-sensitive

lineS at 4~54.5, 4098.8, 3999.5, and 3829 ;1.32S’329 Other methods

are more useful for quantitative determination of Np than the

spectrochemical method, which is generally used only for analyses

of imprity elements. To prevent interferenceby the numerous

spectral lines of Np, a chemical sepamtion is usually made, or the

carrier distillation method with galliw sesquioxide is used.

- 124 -

Page 129: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

A quantitative method for determinaticw of impurities in Np

is reported by Wheat 232 (Procedure23, page 200). The method is

a modification of one reported by Ko for Pui.s30 The neptunium

oxide is dissolved in HNOy, reduced to the tetravalent state

with hydrazine and sulfamic acid, and then sorbed on anion

exchange resin. Two cycles of anion exchange are IJWd to separate

Np. The second effluent is evaporated to dryness to decompose

hydrazine,, The residue is made water soluble with aqua regia,

evaporated to dr~ess, and dissolved in 6M HC1 containingCo as

the internal standard for the spectrographicanaiy:$is.The coefficient

of variation for a single determinationof a numbe:rof common metal

ion impuritiesranges from 9 to 24%. For a 50-mg sample, the

minimum concentrationof impuritiesthat cam be analyzed is 0.5

to ;LOppm,

G. GRAVIMETRIC METHODS

Precipitationof Np for gravimetricdetermination is not a

useful method. If other ions which form insoluble salts are

present, these must be separated first. When the solution is

relativelyfree from other ions, alpha counting or some other

method is usually more rapid and offers less health hazard. A

number of Np compoundshave low solubilitiesin aqueous sc~lution;

however, indefinitestoichiometryor necessity for calcination

to the oxide limits the usefulness of direct gravimetric

determination. Often the small quantity or’low concentrationof

neptunium precludes the use of gravimeery.

- 125 -

Page 130: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

ffycbwidr. Np(IV) is cqletoly precipitated from minaral

acid solution by Na, K, or MibOH as the hydrated hydroxida or

hydrous oxide. The broun-green gelatinous solid that fores is

difficult to filter but is ●asily redissalvd in ●cids. 3%.

volubility in lM NaNOl - lM NaOH is ~0.1 rig/L. !Up(V] ‘%ydruxid.”

i:~ green; it is somewha~ mora soluble in a sodiuw nitrate-sodiuu

hydroxide solution. Np(VI) is precipitated ●s dark brown

(NH~)2NpaOt~HaOwith excess NH*OHfrom minaral scid solution.)’

Flwrid%a. Np(IV) is precipitated f;rom mineral ac:~d solution

as green hydrated NpFh by adding excess iii:. The compound dissolves

readily in rewgentswhich complex fluoridl~ ion, such as AIJ+ or

boric acid. Wlwn K or NH~F in usad as tlh(l precipitant,tha green

double salt KBIp2F3or NHklUpFs is produced.

Pertmide,~. Purple Np(lV) peroxide iS precipitated when a

large excess of H202 is added to a strongly acidic solutionof

Nip(IV),,NP(V), or Np(V1), because peroxide rapidly reduces

Np to the tetravalent state. Reduction is much slower in dilute

mineral acid. Np(lV) peroxide always irtcorporates SOW! of the

i~ion into the crystal and may have diffc’rentcrystalline forms

depending on the acid concentrationof the supematant, Np iS

separated from many cations by precipitnl;ion of neptunium

peroxide. ~t

Llxalatefl. Green Np(lV) oxalate he:ukhydrate is prl~cipitated

from dilute acid solution with oxalic a~cid. Because quantitative

precipitation is not attained for Np(V) Jr Np(\’I]P a reducing

- 126 -

Page 131: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

●gent, such as ascorbic acid, is usul to ensure complete reduction

to Np(Iv]. A granular, easily-filtered precipitate is produced

under controlled conditions.”o (Nli~)4Np(C20~)k and N@12HC20~

have ●lso been precipitated from P@(IV) and Np(V) solution.

Ioti. Light tan Np(IV) icxiate is precipitated from dilute

mineral acid by adding excess potassium iodate.’s

Cdwnata . The double carbonate of Np(V), KNp02C03, is

produced by adding potassium bicarbonate to a d:llute acid solution

of Np(V], until the resultingsolution is O.IM in bicarbonate.

The solution is heated at 90’C for 3 to 4 hours to produce the

light tan double salt.-’

Aaotute. Sodium neptunium dioxytriacetate,

NaNp02(C2H~02)~, lS pink by transmitted light and pale green by

reflected light. Np is oxidized in dilute acid with KBrOs at

90*C to Npo22+. Sodium neptunylacetate is precipitated by adding

an equal voltme of 4M NaNOS - 4M NaCzHS02 solution.38

%08DhUte . Np(IV) di(monohydrogenphosphate)hydrate

[Np(Hpo~)z‘~zo] , a pale-greengel, is precipitatedby adding

phosphoric acid to a dilute acid solution of Np(IV).35

ii. SPOT TESTS

Spot tests for determining oxidation states of Np and Pu

were obtained for 36 organic and inorganic reagents coimnonly used

in paper chromatography.331 The tests we::emade on Whatman No. 1

- 127 -

Page 132: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

paper which was treated with 2M HC1 in descending chromatography

for 12 hours to remove traces of Fe, Mg, and C=, The paper WBS

treated with two successive 24-hour washings “sy migration with

twice-distilled uater. Because of hazamis of these alpha emitters

and the high sensitivity of radioactive measurement, very

sensitive spot tests with an identification limit of less than

1 ug of actinide were selected. Observations were made in white

and ultraviolet light for both acidic and basic mclia with each

reagent. First the acidic media was allowed to dry; then ~nia

was added and evaporated. A standafi scale of colors was used

for comparison. In most cases, a color reactionwas obtained

with less than 1 ug of actinide,but the color was the s- for

all oxidation states of both Np and Pu.

Diphenylcarbazide gives a color reaction with Np(VI] but not

Np(V); however, Pu(VI] gives the same color ~e~tian. In acid

solution, sodium alizarinsulfonate or arsenazo give a color with

Pu(IV) and Pu(VI), but no color with Np(V) and Np(VI). Four of

the reagents, chromazural-S, arsenazo, 4,2-ppidyl -azo-resorcinol,

and pyrocatechol, give fluorescent spots under ultraviolet light

with all oxidation states of Pu and Np; kojic acid fluoresces

only with Pu(III).

The oxidation states of Np and Pu were characterized from

color reactions on chromatograms and electrclpherograms. 2s&

- 128 -

Page 133: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

The tetravalent states give characteristic colors with alizarin,

arsenazo-1, and thorin-I; however, diphenylcarbaxide was used for

the hexavalent state.

I. MASSSPECTRCB4ETRY

Subnanogram quantities of 237Np were determinedwith a mass

spectrometerby Landrum, et al.sgz The instrumentwas a double-

focusing,60-degree sector type, with a 12-inch radius. The

source chamber contained a tantalum filament (from which the

sample was volatilized) and a rhenium filament (on which gaseous

species were ionized]. After mass analysjs, the ionized Np atoms

were collected in a Faraday cup. The method uses isotopic

dilution with ‘35Np or preferably 236~p. This method is much more

rapid than neutron activation,and the sensitivityis at least ten

times grecrer. The standard deviation fo”:0.1 to 0.S nanogram

of Np was 1 to 2%. Isotope dilution with *’gNp has also been

applied to determine 237Np.333

Spark source mass spectrometry is ussful fc~r less quantitative

measurements of many elements including Np; however, it is most

often used for determiningcationic impurities~LnNp and other

actinides.334

J. X-RAYFLUORESCENCESPECTROMETRY

The ease of production and simplicityof the X-ray spectra

produced for elements of high atomic number allow mixtures of

- 129 -

Page 134: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

actinides to be analyzed by X-ray fluorescenc,~ spectrometry with

considerable precision and accuracy. Either .~olid er liquid

s~les can be analyzed by the intenal stsnd,mi technique.

Mixtures of U, Np, and I% were analyzed at ra:ios as high as

1:1:1; results were comparable to standard counting. U, Np, and

Pu in any combination of two elements were ani~lyzed at ratios

as high as 1:8 without seriously affecting accuracy. However, at

ratios of 1:10, low results of 5 to 7% were ojtained for the

element present at lower concentration. The principal L series

X-ray emission lines of elements with atomic nwnbers ’32 through

96 are given by Kofocxi.s35 Novikov et CZZ.3’6 used X-ray

fluorescence to determine microgram amounts of Np in pme

solutions or in solutions containing Pu. The sensitivity was

0.2 to 0.3 pg ofNp. The relative standard error in determining

1 Dg Np was 5%, ~d the analysis, including s~ple preparation,

required 30 to 40 minutes. The Kal and Kaz X-ray energies for

Np, PUB and Am were measured by Nelson, et al.337

K. NEUTRONACTIVATION

Neutron activation was used to determin~! subnanogram quantities

of 237NP.332 The unknown sample was i~adiated with another Np

sample of known Np content and comparable weight in the same

avemge time-integrated neutron flux. After irradiation,

- 130 -

Page 135: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

the 23BNp was determined by gamma spec:rometry. Conventional

radiochemical separation methods were ?Ised. Isotopic dilution

with mass quantities of 237Np ser~ed t,)determine chemical

recovery.

L. OTHER METHODS

Gamma counting 239Np, the decay product of 2k3Am, has been

used to determine 2“3Am in solutions containing large amounts of

Cm. The ratio of the equilibriumamount of ‘3gNp to the amount

of 2b3Am was determinedby separating (by TTA extraction)and

analyzing (gammacounting) 239Np from jample~in whi,:h~hq.kmand

239Np were known to be in secular equilibrium. The method was

compared to determining 243AM by the isotopedilution-massspectro-

metric method. The precision of the msthod was 7% at.the 95% con-

fi~ence limits (n = 16) for sample ali~uots that contained 0.1 to

5 Llgof 243AM.33B A similar approach #as reported hy Lebedev et aZ.202

2]3Pa, the daughter of 2;7Np decay, has more-abundantgamma

rays, which are easier to measure than 237Np.

this as a basis for determining 237Np-233Pain

in uivo gamma spectrometrywith a large NaI SC:

in a low-backgroundcounting chamber.

The neutron capture cross section of 23BU

Cofield33gused

human lungs by

ntillation detector

was measured by

analysis of 239Np produced [23@U(n,y)23gll~-23gNp]. The procedure

uses isotopedilution with 237Np to dttermine chemical yield,

ITA extractionfor separationof Np ard U, electrodepositionfor

- 131 -

Page 136: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Np source preparation,and gamma counting3bofa? analyses.

Characteristicisomer st,iftranges have bem measured

fcr several valence states of Np using l&sbaue? resonance

of the 59.54-keV gamma ray of 237t-ip. They exteld from about

-6.9 cm/sec to +5 cm/sec for the individualoxijation states

of +7 to +3 and are clearly defined.3*1’3”2 The isomer shift

characteristicof each oxidation state is useful for !,tudyof

bondi~g in Np compounds. Dunlop and Kalvius have also made

significantcontributions.3kla

Ix. RADIOACTIVE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

TfieSipisotopesemit high-energyalpha pa]hticles,medium-

encrgy beta particles,and low-energygamma rays. The tendency

of Np tu concentrate in the bones with a biolo~;icalhalf-life

of 7.3 x 104 years makes ingestion the primary hazard to personnel.

Studies of the distributionof 239Np in animal tissue showed

60 to SO% of the ?Jpwas Csposited in the bone-.131 Studies have

ii[so been ~de of the inhalation, pulmonary absorption,gastro-

intestinalabsorption,and short-termretentionof 2:17Np in rats.3”3

Because 237Np (T$ = 2.14 x 106Y) is the only isotope of Np which

is available in weighable amounts, it presents the only serious

hazard. The riidiatim hazard is small due to the low specific

activity of 237!Jp and the low energy of its gamma radiation. Table

25 lists body burdens and maximum permissibleconcentrationsof

‘“SF and 23’Sp for continuotisoccupationalexposure.’”b In

- 132 -

Page 137: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

handling Iarge quantitiesof 237Np, standa~.dgloved-boxe:jmaintained

at a negative ~ir pressure with respect to the laboratoryairq~s

should be consideredfor containment.

Criticality is no problem for 237Np belcausethe bare critical

mass for a sphere of density 20.4S g/m3 is 68.6 kg.’kG

TABLE 25

HEALTH HAZARD OATA FOR NEPTUNIUM [SOTOPE:S3””

Maximum PermissibleConcentrationfor

Max Permissible 40-hr Week (pCi/cc)Isotope Organ Body Burden (uC:~L, ~~ Air—— .—

2s’Np (s01.:) Bone 0.06 9 x 10-5 4 x 10-12

Kidney 0.1 2 x 10-” :’ x 10-*2

Total Body 0.5 4 x 10-4 ;? x 10-11

Liver 0.s 6 X 10-* 2 X 10-]1

GI(LLI] 9 x 10-4 ;! x 10-7

tinsel.:t Lung 1o-1o

G](LLI) 9 x 10-b ;! x 10-’

z ~~~ (sol .:) GI (LLI) 4 x 10-3 8 x 10-7

Bane 30 100 41x 10-6

Kidney 40 200 7 x 10-6

Total Body 70 300 ]*-S

Liver 100 Soo 2! x 10-5

(insol,j GI(LLI) 4 x 10”3 7 x 10-7

Lung 2 x 10-6

- 133 -

Page 138: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

x. COLLECTION OF PROCWLJRE!i

A. INTRODUCTION

o

e

o

The procedures are divided into three cal;egories:

Procedures for extraction, extraction chromatography, ion

exchange, and carrier precipitation or :wme combination of

these n.athods with highly radioactive swnples. Most of these

❑ethods utilize alpha counting (alpha pulse height analysis),

gaxna spectroscopy, or possibly isotopic dilution. The

method of determination is not detailed for all. procedures.

Procedures used for environmentaland biological samples.

Miscellaneousprocedures for quantitativedetermination,

includingabsorption spectrometryof color complexes,

coulometry,and gamma spectrometry.

B. 1.ISTING OF CONTENTS

Procedure Author

1 Moore*”e

‘>,. DorsettlS*

.3 Smilh3”7

Title cr Method—. —. *

Separation c~ i4p b:yTTA

Extraction 138

Separation(IfNp by TTA

Extraction 141.

Determinati(mof 239NP in

Samples Containing U, Pu

and Fission Products 14s

4

s

Landrum34B Detenninatilmof Np 150

Slee et C7t.’zo Determinati4mof Small

Amounts of :* in F’uMetal 1s5

-134-

Page 139: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure Author——.

6 Schneider)qb

7 Maeck et aL.185

8 Wehner et UZ.252

9 Eschrich2”9

.10 R,oberts2*”

11 Nelson et 220223

12 Holloway et aZ.*2°

13 Jackson et al,’kg

14 Zagrai et aZ.23g

1s 123, 124,12SSill

Title or Method. . ——

Determination0!?Np in

Samples Contain:~ng

Fission Product!;,u and

Other Actjnides

Determinationof Np in

Samples of U and Fission

Products

ExtractionChromatographic

Separationof 2’]9?4p from

Fission and Act:Lvation

Products in the [determi-

nation of Micro and

Submicrogram@I;Nitit!Lt3S

of U

Separationof U, Np, Pu,,

and Am by Reversed Phase

PartiticmChromatography

An AnalyticalMethod far

237Np Usjng Anion ExchaLnge

Separati.cnof U, Np, and

Pu (JsingAnion Exchange!

!3eparaticnof Zr, Np, amd

Nb Using Ar,ionExchange

Separatismof Np and Pu

by Anion Exchange

Separatismof Np and Pu

by CaticnlExchange

Separatismand Radiochernical

Determin$ltionof U and

‘TransuralliumElements

Using Bti~biumSulfate

13s “

1s8

161

163

16S

167

~69

171

173

17s

176

Page 140: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure Author

T@? II

16 Taylor’so

17 Perkins]ss

18

~pe III

19

20

21

22

23

24

8utler35~

Granadelsz

Bryan et aL.302

Smimov-

Averin et a2.32G

Novikov et al. B53

Uheat 2‘ 2

Ermoloev et aZ.30s

Title or Method— —.

The Low-Level Radiochemical

Determination of 237Np in

Envinmmertal Samples

Radiochemjcal Procedure for

the Separation of Trace

ADounts of 21-Np from

Reactor Effluent Uater

Detemina:ion of’ Np in

Urine

Dete2minacion of 2B7Np

by G~ Ray Spectrometry

Spectrophotometric

Deteminution OF

*

Microvolmetric Coeplexo-

metric Mdwd for Np with

EDTA

Photometric Determination

of Np as the Peroxide

Complex

Separatim of Np for

Spectrographic Analysis

of Impurities

Photometric Determination

of Np as the X~lenol

Orange Co~lex

Page

179

184

186

189

193

197

199

201

204

- 136 -

Page 141: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure Author

2s Stromatt31’

Title or Method.. ——

Analysis for Np by

Controlled Potential]

Coulcmetry 206

- 137 -

Page 142: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 1. Separation of Np by HA ExtractionF. L. Fbore*”o

i?utl~~ of Mt?tlwd

Np is separated from fission products, U, Pu, transplutonium

elements, and nonradioactive elements by extraction into

thenoyltrifluoroacetone (TTA). After separal:ion, an aliquot is

suitably prepared for either alpha counting of 237Np or gamma

counting of 23qNp.

Reagent8 (C.F. Chemica28)

● HC1, lM

● HN03, 10M

● Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH20H”HC1) solution, ‘v5M.

Dissolve 69.5 g of reagent in 200 ml of distilled water

and warm if necessary for dissolution.

● FeCl , w2M. Dissolve 40 g of reagent-grade FeC12*4Hz0

tetrahydrate in 100 ml of 0.2M H(H. Store in a dark

glass stopperedbottle.

● 2-Thenoyltrifluoroacetone-xylene:;olution,W.SM.

Dissolve 111 g of compound in one liter of reagent-

grade xylene.

E@@n3ent

● Extraction vessel with mixing device

● Hot place

● Micropipets

● Stainless steel counting plates

● Counting plate heater

● Meeker burner

- 138 -

Page 143: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

● Asbestos board

● Sample carrier

● Alpha proportionalcounter (or gamma counter)

l%etreatment

If interferencesmay be present in salution with the Np

tracer, Np is adjusted to Np(IV) and carried on ‘~1❑g of La pre-

cipitated as the hydroxide. The hydroxideprecipitatesare

dissolved in lMHNO~, and LaFs is precipitated to carry Np(IV).

The fluoride precipitates are dissolved in a few drops of 2M A1(NOS)S

and dilute HC1. While the extractionof Np(IV) :Frm HNOI iB

usually very effective,HC1 should be used whenever possible

because there is a greater tendency to form extractable Fe(III)

ion in the HNOSsystem.

It is desirable to ❑ easure the chemicrnl yield if wch

chemistty is employed. A 237Np spike is useful for determining

23gNp recovery; 239Np ❑ay be used for dete:nuining 237Np yield.

Procedure

1. Pipet a suitable aliquot of the swnple into a separator

funnel or other extractionvessel,

2. Adjust the solution to lM HCl - llf NH20H”HC1- 0.25M FeCla.

KI may be used as a reductant in place of FeC12,

3. Mix the solution for 5 ❑in at ambient temperature.

4. Add an equal volume of 0.5M ITA and mix for 10 ❑in.

5. Allow the phases to separate; then remove the aqueous

phase and discard it.

139 -

Page 144: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

6. Mash the organic phase by mixing k)ith an equal volume of

IM HCl for 3 nin. AI1ow the phases to s,~pa”tteand

discard the aqueous wash.

Tt. Strip the Np from the organic phase by mixing with an

equal volume of 1CB4HIWs foL 2 min., (If the aqueous

strip is too high in g~ activity for alpha measurement,

the last traces of radioactive Zr and Pa may be removed

by a S ●in re-extraction of the 10M HNOs strip solution

with an equal volume of ITA.

Ordinarily, the small amount of Fe in the ITA causes

negligible self absorption in counting, and the TTA

extract is mounted directly on the counting plate. If

Fe is a problem , excellent separation is attained by

stripping the Np into 10M HNOs.

8. A suitable aliquot of the ITA extr;lct or the 10M HNOS

strip is prepared by conventional lrnethods for either

alpha counting for 237Np or gaiuna ,:ountinlg for ‘39Np.

- 140 -

Page 145: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 2. Separation of N by llA ExtractionR. S. Dorsett15 Y

OutZine ofllethod

Np is determined in the presence of Pu, U, fission products,

and other alpha-emitting nuclides by extraction into thenoyltrifluoro-

acetone (TTA) followed by alpha counting of- the TTA. l-he analysis

consists of three parts: (1) the pre-extractionstep in which

acid and oxidation state are adjusted, (2) the extraction in

which Np is quantitatively extracted into ITA, and (3) the mounting

and alpha counting of the TTA extract. When additionalpurifi-

cation is required, the Np is stripped fron the TTA, acid and

oxidation state are adjusted, and a second extraction is done.

The precision of the method is dependent on the type and quantities

of interferences. The interferencescaused by sulfate,phosphate,

fluoride,and oxalate ions are eliminated hy addition of A1(N03)?

which complexes these ions. A coefficientof variation of 2% is

obtained with relatively pure solutions.

Reagenta

● Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH20HoHC1), lM, is prepared

by dissolving 69.5 g of C.P. grade compound and diluting

to one liter.

c (NaN02), lM, is prepared by dissolving 69 g of C.P. grade

compaund and diluting to one litl~r.

s 2-Thenoyltrifluoroacetone-xylene, 0.5M, is prepared by

dissolving 111 g of the compound in one liter with

C. P. xylene.

- 141 -

Page 146: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

e Ferrous sulfamate [Fe(NH2SO~)2], 2M, is prepared by dis-

solving iron powder in an excess of sulfamic acid with

minimum heating. The solution is filtered after dis-

solution.

c Aluminum nitrate [Al(NOg)s), 2M, is prepared by dis-

solving 750 g of C.P. grade coml)ound and diluting to

one liter.

● (tlNOs) nitric acid solutions arl? prepared as required

from C.P. grade stock.

o Collodion solution, 0.5 mg/ml, LS preFlared by dissolving

S00 ❑g of collodion in one llter of l-to-l ethyl alcohol.

ethyl ether.

E@ipmen:!

● Centrifuge cones (with caps)

● Vortex mixer

● Micropipets

● Stainless steel counting plate:;

● Counting plate heater

● Meeker burner

s Asbestos board

● Sample carrier

o Alpha proportionalcounter

o Alpha pulse height analyser

Pretreatment

FZuotide method. When it is not knc}tin what impurities are

present in the solution, Np(Pu) can be caxrier precipitated with

La(OH)J. The hydroxide is dissolved in HNos, and La is

- 142 -

Page 147: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

reprecipitated as the fluoride. The fluorideprecipitatecon-

taining the actinidesand lanthanidesis dissolved in A1(NOS)3

and dilute HN03, and this solution is extra:tedwith 77A.

@ in Mbut~Zpho@uzte (TBP). If Np :.s present in TBP or

other organic extractants,it is strippedw:.thdilute HN03(%0.1M)

and then analyzed by the procedure.

Sepamtion ofNp and U. Acid control is very important for

this separation. In the analysis of low-levelNp solutions that

contain large quantities of U, the prcblem is complicatedbecause

237Np and 230U have the same alpha energies. Also, the specific

activity of 2ghU is 10 times greater than 237Np. Pm accurate

analysis is assured by (1) close control of .:heextractionacidity,

(1 tO.lM), (2) a double extraction cycle, and (3) in extreme cases,

a fluorophotometric determination of U content of the final ‘lTA

extract.

.%oaedme

1. Pipet 103 to 104 dis/min alpha of 29;Np into a lS-ml

centrifugecone.

7.. Add sufficientwater or HN03 so that at the end of Step 3

the acid is lM. Mix.

3. Add 1 ml of 2M Fe(NHzSOq)z solution. Mix and let the

solution stand for 5 min.

4. Add 3 ml of O.SM ~’A in xylene, and mix for 5 min in a

vortex mixer.

s. Allow the phases to separate; then remove the aqueous

phase and discard it. Add 4 ml of lM HIXls to the organic

phase, and mix for 2 min in the vortex mixer.

- 143 -

Page 148: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

6. If the alpha activity due to F% and U is <103 dis/min,

proceed to Step 9. If the alpha activity is >lOs,

proceed to Step 7.

7. Remove the aqueous phase from Step S and discard it.

Add 1 ml of 8M HW3 to the organic phase, and mix for

5 min in the vortex ❑ixer.

8. Discard the organic phase. Repe~t~Steps 2 through 5.

9. WITI on the counting plate heater, heat to 175° to 190”C,

Id place a clean stainless steel counting plate on the

heater.

10. Pipet an aliquot from the organi.: phase that contains

%103 dis/min Np, and add it droptiise to the plate. Rinse

the pipet twice with xylene, and add both rinses to the

plate. Heat the plate until dry.

11. Heat the plate over a Meeker hurler flame until the plate

is a dull red color. Place the :~late on an asbestos

board to cool.

12. Uhen the plate is cool, add 1 dr.)p of coilodion to cover

the surface. Allow the plate to dry several minutes

before counting.

- 144 -

Page 149: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 3. Detenninatlon of 23gNp fn Sanples ContalnfngU, Pu, and Fission Products

H. L. Smlth3k7

Introduction

The procedure for determining 23gNp affords excellentdecon-

taminationfrom milligramquantities of U, the fissim products

13 fissions,and Pu.obtained from 10 The decontaminationfactor

for Pu is about 104.

An initial fuming with H2SO~ is requiredto ensure exchange

23gN11,and also to complexbetween the 237Np tracer employed and

U(WI] . If the sample is a dissolved U foil, HN03 must be added

before the fuming step to convert U to the VI oxidation state,

NPIIV) and (V] are carried by LaFg precipitations in the presence

of Zr and Sr holdback carriers. ‘l%epreci~itationsprovide

decontaminationfrom the activitiesof Zr and Sr as well as from

IJ. LaFs scavenging with Np in the VI oxidation state decontaminates

from the lanthanidesmd partially from Pu.

The chemical yield is about 50%, and eight samples can be

analyzed in one day.

Reagen ta

● La cnrrier: 5 mg La/ml, added as La0J0J)3.

6H20 in H20

● Sr carrier: 10 mg Sr/ml, added as Sr(N03]z.

4H@ in H20

● Zr carrier: 10 mg Zr/ml, added as ZrOC12 in H2C)

● 237Np standard solution: S,000 ta 10,000 counts/(min-ml)

in 2 to 4M HC1 or HN03

- 145 -

Page 150: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

● HC1: O.lM; 2M; concentrated

● H2SO~: concentrated

● HN03: concentrated

● H3B03: saturated solution

● HF: 1:1 H20 and concentrated HF

● HI-HC1: 1 ml 47% HI + 9 ml concentratedHC1

● HF-HN03: equal parts by volume of 2M solutions

● NH20H*HC1: SM (or saturated)

● KMnOk: 10% solution

● NHbOH: concentrated

● “Dowex” 1-X1O anion exchange resin:

100 to 200 or 200 to 4n0 mesh, slurry in H20*

%ocedure

Step 1. Pipet 1 ml of 237Np standard into a clean 12S-ml

erlenmeyer flask, and then pipet in the samrle. Wash down the

sides of the flask with a little H20, add IC drops of concentrated

H2W4,** and evaporate nearly to dryness on a hot IPlate. (No harm

is done if the solution is permitted to evarorate to hard dryness.)

Step 2. Dissolve the residue by boilirg briefly in a minimum

of 2M I+Cl. Transfer the solution to a clear 40-ml Pyrex centrifuge

● The resin is supplied by the Bio-Rad Laboratories, Richmond,Calif., who purify and grade the resins manufacturedby theOow Chemical Co.

● * [f the s~le has been obtained from more than the equivalentof 50 ❑g of soil, do not add any H2SOk sj.nce CaSOh will pre-cipitate and carry NP to some extent.

- 146 -

Page 151: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

tube; wash the fla>.. once wit H20, and transfer

the tube. The volume of solutionshou:.dbe 5 to

any small residue.)

Step 3. Add 5 drops of La carrier

back carrier. Add 2 drops of NH20H”HCI

stir, and Iet stand for a few minutes.

yellow color of the solutiondisappears

cloudy (LaFJ). Centrifuge. Remove ant

the washings to

10 ml. (Ignore

and 3 drops of Zr hold-

for each ml of soIution,

Add HF dropwise until the

and the solutio.1becomes

discard the supetmate.

Wash the precipitate with 1 to 5 ml of HF-HN03,

Step 4. Dissolve the precipitate by slu:rryingwith 3 drops

of saturated H3B03 and adding 3 drops of concentratedHC1. (Ignore

any small residue.) Add 3 ml of 2M HC1 and precipitate La(OH)g

by adding about 1 ml of concentratedNH40H. Centrifuge, and

discard the supemate. Wash the precipitate t)y boiling it briefly

with several milliliters of H20. Centrifuge and discard the

supernate.

step 5. Dissolve the precipitate in about 5 ml of 2M HC1.

ReprecipitateLaF3 by adding 10 drops of HF; centrifuge,and

discard the supemate. Wash the precipitate with 1 ml of HF-HN03.

If the precipitate volume is greater thwn 0.2 ml, repeat the

hydroxide and fluorideprecipitationsuntil the volume of LaF9

precipitate does not exceed 0.2 ml.

- 147 -

Page 152: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Step 6. Dissolve the fluoride precipitate in 1 drclp each c:f

saturated H3803 and concentrated HNOg. Add 10 drops of KMn(lq,

and allow to stand for S min. Add 2 drops of HF, and allow the

solution to stand for a few minutes. Centrifuge,and transfer

the supernateto a clean centrifuge tube. Wash the precipitate

with 1 ml of HF-HN03, centrifuge, and add the supernate to the

previous one. Discard the precipitate.

Step 7. Add 2 drops of La carrier to the sclution, stir.

centrifuge,and transfer the supernateto :1clean centrifuge

tube. Wash the precipitate with 1 ml of 1{1:-HN03,add the

washings to the previous supernate,and di!;cardthe prec:Lpitate.

Step u. Add 5 drops of NHzOH*HC1 and 2 drops of Zr carrier,

and let stand for a few minutes. Add 2 drc~psof La carrier, stir

well, cent.rifugepand discard the supernatc. Wash the prec~icate

with 1 ml of HF-HN03, centrifuge,and discmd the supermtc.

Step 9. Repeat Steps 6 and 7,

Step 10. Add 5 drops of NH20H-HC1 ard 2 drops of Sr hold-

back carrier, and let stand for a few minwtes. Add 2 drops of

La carrier, stir well, centrifuge~and discard the supermate.

Wash the precipitatewith 1 ml of HF-HN03, centr:Lfuge,and discard

the supernate.

- 148 -

Page 153: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Step 11. Dissolve the precipitatewith 1 drop of saturated

H@C)3 and 10 drops of concentratedHCI. Pass the solution through

a “Dowex’” 1-XIC) anion exchange column, 3 crIx 3 mm, and wash the

column with 1 ml of concentratedttC1. The Np, now in the It’

oxidation state, is sorbed on the column. rf necessary,remove

Pu from the column with H1-HC1.+ Add applm~ximately1 ml of

O.lM HCI to the reservoir of the column. I)iscardthe fi:rst2 drops

that come off the column, and then collect approximately0.2S ml

in a clean, dry centrifuge tube. Use no aLr pressure when eluting

the Np. Pick up the solution in a transfer pipet and evaporate

by stipplingon a 2.5 cm Pt plate. If possible keep the deposit

within a 1.3 cm circle. Flame the sample to duI; red in a

burner, mount with double-sidedScotch tap~ in the center of an

Al plate, and a- and $-count on 3 successiveda:?:;.**

..——.

* The procedure should remove 9S% of the F’uinitiallypresent inthe sample. If, at this point, there remains enough Pu tointerfere with the determinationof the Np yield, that is,more than 1% of the Np tracer, Pu may be removed more efficientlyin the followingway: Allow 1 ml of HI-HC1 solution to dripthrough the column with no added pressure. Wash the columnwith several ml of concentratedHCl, and discard the effluent,which contains Pu in the III oxidation,state, and proceed withthe rest of Step 11. One elution step such as the one justdescribed removes 99,5% of the Pu.

*“ Alpha-counting: The sample is counted in a 7.5 cm id. methane-flow proportionalcounter with a loop :.node,~perateclin thea-pllateauregion. Beta counting: The sample is placed on thethird shelf of a methane-flowproportionalcounter with awindow thickness of 4.8 mg/cm2. An absorber (about5 mg A1/cm2),placed on the first shelf, stops soft lletasand alphas. Theindividualcounts are corrected to to,,using a half-life of56.6 hr, and are then averaged.

- 149 -

Page 154: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 4. Determination of NpJ. Landrum34e

Outline of Method

After the sample is dissolved, the vo~,ume is reduced by

evaporation. Np and other hydroxidesare precipitatedwith SO%

NaOH to separate Al. The precipitate is d:.ssolvedin concentrated

H71, and Np is separated from many impuritiesby chloride anion

exchange. Further separationis attained by performing in order:

ITA extraction,cupferron extraction,and {:hlorideanion exchange.

The plate for counting is prepared by electrolysis.

Reagent8

s

50$ NaOH

La carrier, 5 mg La/ml (as La(NO:l)g06Hz0in H20)

ConcentratedHC1

55% HI solution

HC1 gas

Bio-Rad AG 1 x 8, 50 to 100 mesh resin

10M HC1 - O.SM HI

5M HCl

lM HCl

0.4M lhenoyltrifluoroacetone(TM) in xylene

6% Cupferron

CHC13

SaturatedNHkCl solution

ConcentratedNH@H

- 150 -

Page 155: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

l+ocedure

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

To the sample add about 3 x 10: alpha counts/rein 237NP stan-

dardized tracer. Add W2 mg of La3+ carrier and 2 ml S5% HI

(no inhibitor), and boil the sclution until the volume has been

reduced to about 10 ml. Transfer to a 40-ml cone. Add suffi-

cient SO%NaOH to dissolve any Al that may be present. Heat

in a water bath, centrifuge, and discard the supematant

1iquid.

Wash the precipitate with 10 ml of 10M NaOH. Again heat,

centrifuge, and decant. Wash the precipitate thoroughly

with 30 ml of H20 (to remove most of the Na+ salts),

centrifuge, and decant.

Dissolve the precipitate in 10 ml of concentrated HC1.

Add 2 drops of 55% HI (no inhibitor).

Cool and saturate the solution with HC1 gas. (If white

salts precipitate, centrifuge them and decant.) Pass

the solution through a “Dowex” l-X8, 50 to 100 mesh

column, 6 ma I.D. by 11 cm, pretreated with concentrated

HC1 - O.SM HI. Discard the effluent. If 23tPu is to

be measured, save the effluent and note the time of Np-Pu

separation.

Wash the column with 15 ml of IOM HCl - 0.5M HI, and

collect the wash with the effluent.

Elute the Np with three S-ml portions of 5M HC1, and

allow a minute or so between elutions. Collect the

eluate in a 125-ml Erlenmeyer flask.

Add 2 drops HI , and boil to ne~.r drfless. Transfer to

a 40-ml cone with lM HC1. Add lM HCl to ❑ake approximately

15 ml.

- 151 -

Page 156: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

8. Add 10 ml of 0.4M ITA in benzene, toluene, or xylene,

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

and equilibrate for 30 ❑in. ,Soparate the layers by

centrifuging, and transfer the organic layer into a

clean 40-ml cone. Repeat the extraction with 5 ml of

0.4M ITA for 10 min. Combine I:heorganic fractions.

Discard the aqueous fraction.

Wash the organic with 5 ml of IM HC1 for 2 min. Centri-

fuge, and discard the aqueous.

Back-extract the Np by equilibrating the TTA with 2 ml

of 9M HC1 for 10 min. Separate the layers as before,

and transfer the aqueous to a clean cone. Repeat the

extraction with 1 ml of 9M HC1 for S min. Combine the

aqueous phases.

To the combined aqueous phases, add 2 drops of 6%

cupferron and 5 ml of CHC13. Equilibrate for 30 sec.

Discard the CHC13 (lower layer). Add S ml of CHC13 and

repeat the extraction. Again discard the CHCIZ. This

step is designed to remove trou~lesome Nb activity.

Transfer the solution to a 125-:nl Erlwuneyer flask, add 1 ml

concentratedHNOS, and boil to near dryness. Add 5 ml of 9M

HC1 and 1 ❑l of concentrated fo:nnic acid. (CA~ION: The

reaction between HNOSand formic acid may be violent if too

much HN03 is present.) Warm th(g solution until the HN03 has

been destroyed. This step oxid:.zes U(VI) and reduces

Np(IV) .

Add 5 ml of fresh concentrated HC1 (final HC1 concentration

should be >1OM, use HCl gas if necessary). Pass the

solution through a “Dowex” l-X8, 50 to 100 mesh, 6-mm

I.D. x 5 cm column, pretreated with 10Y HC1. Wash the

column with 5 ❑l of 10M HC1. Discard the effluent and

wash.

- 152 -

Page 157: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

14. Elute the Np as in Step 6, but with 10 ml of SM HC1.

Collect in a 125-ml Erlenmeyer flask.

1s. Repeat Steps 7, 8, 9, and 10. (ITA extraction)

16. Examine on a NaI detector for ganm contamination. If

the sample is radiochemically pure, plate the sample.

Electroplating

8oil the solution from Step 10 to near dryness. Add 1 ml of

saturated NHtiCl and one drop of ❑ethyl red indicator, and adjust

acidity with NH40H and lM HC1 so that one drop of lM HCl turns the

solution red. (Volume should be 3 to 4 ml,] Transfer the solution

to an electroplating cell fitted with a Pt hire anode and a l-in.-

diameter Pt disc cathode. Pass approximately 1.5 amps through

the cell for 15 min.

Add I ml of concentrated NHkOHto the cell while electrolysis

is in progress. Continue plating for another 15 to 30 sec. Remove

the solution from the cell, and check it for activity in a well

counter. If appreciable activity is present, repeat the plating

procedure without the addition of NH4C1.

Dismantle the cell, flame the Pt disc to a dull red, and

alpha count for chemical yield. Gamma and beta count for 23gNp

and 290Np.

Notea

1. Using this procedure,Np is separated from solutionswhose

15 fissions [one week previous) andcontents underwent 10

up to one gram of dissolved soil. (:amma-ray spectroscopy

showed no activitiesOther than 23eh’pand 23gNp,

- 1s3 –

Page 158: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

2. 10 to 12 hours is required for six samples.

3. The yield for this procedure is 30 to 60%.

- 154 -

.-. .

Page 159: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

‘ocedure 5. Determination of Small Amounts of Np in Pu MetalL. J. Slee, G. PhIlllps gnd E. N. Jenklns320

titZine of Method

Pu metal is dissolved in HC1. The Np (lCI to 2000 ppm) is

parated from Pu by 7TA extraction and determined with a square-

ve polarograph,

Retzgenta

● Distilled water

● HN09, analytical-reagent gradt

● Hydroxyamine hydrochloride (NFzOHOHC1)solution, 5M

● ‘lTA solution, 0.5M in xylene: Dissolve 28 g of 2-

thenoyltrifluoroacetone (lTA) in 200 ml of pure xylene,

filter, and dilute with xylene to 250 ml.

● Ferrous chloride (FeCIZ)

● EDTAsolution: Dissolve 37 g of discldiu.m ethylenediamine-

tetraacetate (EDTA) in distilllsd water, adjust to pH 7

with ananonia solution, and dilllte to 100 ml.

Piwoduw

1. Weigh %300 mg of Pu ❑etal accur~.tely.

2. Add S ml of distilled water and then slowly add 0.5 ml of

1(M Hcl. When the reaction subsides, add 1 ml of ICR14HCl

and 2 ❑l of 5M NH20H*HCIand warm the solution.

3. Dilute to 10 ml with distilled writer, mdd 2S0 mg of FeC12,

allow 5 min for oxidation state djustmnt.

4. Transfer quantitatively to an extracticmvessel, and add

5 ❑l of O.SMTl’A. Stir for 10 minutes, allow the phases

to separate, and remove the organic phase.

- 1s5 -

. .

Page 160: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

5. Repeat the extraction with S ml of (),SMTTA.

15. Combine the organic phases in the extractionvessel, add

1 m.1of I.MHCI, and stir for 1 min (to remove entrained

Pu. Remove the aqueous phase.

‘7. Add 5 ml of 10M HN03, and stir for I.(1nin t~ strip the

Np.

13. Remove the aqueous phase into a clear,vessel, and repeat

Steps 7 and 8.

!3. Evaporate the 10M HN03 to m3 ml and then add 5 ml c~f

analytical-gradeconcentratedHN03.

10. Evaporate!to W1 ml, and repeat evaporationwith twc}more

5-ml.portions of concentratedHN03.

1:1. Add 3 ml of analytical-gradeperchlcn’icacid (6C%) and

more concentratedHNOS and evaporate to complete wet

oxidation of organic matter.

1.2. Heat until solid perchloratesremain “but do not bake.

13. Dissolve the residue in 1 ml of warm 6M HC1 and 1 rnl of

water.

15. Add 2 ml of 5M NH20H=HCl and evaporal:eslowly to ‘W.5 ml.

15. Add 0.5 ml of lM EDTA and 4 to 7 dro~~sof armnoniato

adjust p}{to 5.5 to 6.5.

16. Dilute to 5.00 ml, and mix thoroughljr.Transfer 2.,00ml

to a polarograph cell, and de-aerate with N2 (pre-saturated

with water) for N3 min.

17. Record the Np peak at about -0.8 V al~ainstthe mercury-

pool anode on the square wave polaro~:raph.

18. Add ‘vO.2 ml of a standard Np solutionprepared in EDTA

so that the original peak height is ~~pproximatelyfioubled.

Deduce the Np concentrationof the o:?iginal solution from

- 156 -

Page 161: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

the increase in peak height, Interferencefrom the

oxidationof chloride ions is decreased by adding EDTA

to shift the half-wavepotential of tho Np peak.

The precision is t2 and tlO% for concentrationsof

S00 and 25 ppm, respectively.

- 157 -

Page 162: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 6. Determination of Np in Sample Containing FfssfonProducts, U, and Other Actinfdes

A. Schneiderlgk

Intro&Wion

This procedure describes an analytical. solvent extraction

method for separating ~ from Pu, Am, Cm, lJ, TII, and fission

products using tri-iso-octylamine (TIOA) and thenoyltrifluoroacetone

(TTA). Np is separated from Pu, Am, Cm, and fission products by

extraction of Np(IV) into the amine from iiN03 containing a

reducing agent. Further purification is obtained by stripping

Np from the amine with dilute HCl ani then extracting the Np

into TTA.

Reagenta

● 5M HN03

. 3M [FerrousSulfamate],Fe[NH2SO:)2

● 5.5M [hydrazine], N2H4

. 10 Vol% tri-isooctylamine [TIOA) in xylene

● lM HCl

● 5M [hydroxylaminehydrochloride] (NHzOH=HC1)

● 0.5M TTA in xylene

Procedure

1. To a 5-ml extraction vial add 1.5 ml of 5M HN03 and a

glass-covered magnetic stirring bar.

2. Pipet the sample (not to exceed 200 DE) into the HN03

and stir.

- 158 -

Page 163: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

3.

4.

s.

6.

7.

8.

Add 3 drops 2M Fe(NH2S03]2 and 1 drop of 5.5M N2H4.

Stir and allow to stand for .5 min at room temperature.

Add 1.0 ❑l of 10% TIOA in xy.lene and stir for 3 min to

produce an emulsion. Allow the phases to separete.

Separate the phases, and discard the aq~eous.

Transfer the organic phase from the original vial to a

clean vial containing 1.5 ml of SM ~03, 3 drops of

Fe@H2S03)2, and 1 drop of N:H4. Stir for two minutes,

allow the phases to separate, and discard the aqueous

phase.

Transfer exactly 0.7S ml of the organic phase to a clean

vial containing 2.5 ml of IM HCl and 1.5 ml of xylene.

Rinse the 0.75-ml pipet in t}e xylene phase of the new

vial. Stir for 3 min and allow the phases to separate.

Discard the organic phase.

Transfer exactly 2.0 ml of the aqueous HC1 phase to a

clean vial. Add 3 drops of 5M NH20H”HC1and 3 drops of

2M Fe(NH2SOs]z. Stir and heat at 65°C for 3 min. Remove

from the bath, and let stand for 3 min.

Add 1.0 ml of 0.5M ITA in xylene. Stir for 4 min to give

a complete emulsion. Allow the phases to reparate. The

organic phase contains the purified Np. This phase is

❑ounted for alpha counting for measurement of 2q7Np.

Notes

1. The presence of fluoride, sul~ate, tixalate, and phosphate

lower the extraction coefficimt of Np(IV) into TIOA;

Chloride ion does not interfere. The deleterious effect

of these anions is circumventl:d by reducing the sample

size or by adding Al ion.

- 159 -

Page 164: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

2 !, For U-tree samples, the combined system yields 96 t2%

recovery. For U-bearing samples, the!recoveriesare

dependenton the amount of U taken, ~’heextraction

conditionsare reproducible,and for control analyseis

the recovery factors are included in l,he calculations,

3. In routine use, the combined e~tracti{m system achieves

a separation from common fission prodticts (Cc, Ru, Nb,

Zr, C% and Sr) of about 1 x 106 and :aPu separation

factor of 5 to SO x 10s.

4. Control of the method for samples of lmknowr composition

is maintainedby spiking a portion of the sample solution

with 237Np or 219Np and evaluating th~ recovery of the

spike. An alpha pulse height analysis may be necessary

if large amounts of Pu are initially present in the sample.

- 160 -

Page 165: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 7. Determination of Np fn Samples of U ond FissionProducts

W. J. Maeck G. l.. Booman, H. [. Elliott, andJ. E. Rein’J’

Introduction

This procedure describes a method for separation and

determination of Np in solutions of U and fission products using

methyl isobutyl ketone and thenoyltrifluorom:etone (TTA) e,xtractants.

Np is oxidized to the hexavalent state and qllantitmtivelyextracted

as a nitrate complex into methyl isobutyl ke:one from an acid-

deficient A1[N03:)3 solution containing tetral]ropylammonium nitrate.

Np is stripped from the ketone with lM HCl c{mtaining reductants

and then quantitatively extracted into 7TA-:qrlene to complete the

separation.

Reagente

Al(N03]lJ salting solution: Dissol\’e 1050 g of

A1(N03)3”9Hz0, add 13S ml of conccrltrated NH401{with

mixing, and cool to SO°C. Md SO nii of 10%

itetrapropylanmnonium hydroxide reagent, and stir the

solution until ail solid is dissolked. Dilute the

solution to one liter with water.

Reducing-strip solution: IM HI - C,,5M NH@H”HCl and

().25M FeCIZ solution.

0,>2SMKMn04

Methyl isobutyl ketone

(),5M‘lTAin xylene

Ethylenediamine

- 161 -

Page 166: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Pmuedure

1,, Add 6 ad of A1(N03)s salting :}f~lution to a tube containing

0.1 ml of 0.2SM KMnOK. Then p:,pet 1 ml or loss of the

sample into the tube and mix.

2. Add 3 ml of methyl isobutyl kel:one, and mix for 3 minutes.

3“ Centrifuge to separate the pha:~os.

4. Remove 2 ml of the organic ph~a:se, and transf(m to another

tube containing 4 ml of the rmlucing strip solution. MiX

for 10 ❑in and allow the phase~ to separate.

5,, Transfer 3 ml of the aqueous lp!lase tcl a 30-ml separator

funnel; add 3 ml of 0.5M TTA, md stir vigorously for

10 min.

6. Let the phases separate,and discard the aqueous phase.

Add 3 ml of reducing-stripsol~tion,and scrub far 5

minutes,

7. Remove an aliquot of the organic phase, and dry it on a

counting plate under a heat lamp. Cover the residue with

2 to 3 drops of ethylenediamine,evaporate to dryness,

ignite, and count.

1, Extraction from acid-deficient A1(IW3:1)3with methyl

isobutyl ketone yields very good separation from Zr, and

extraction with ‘lTA gives good separation from Pu and U.

The extraction of U and Pu is cO.1 and 0.01%, respectively,

Ru and Zr, the only 80-day cooled fission products that

follow Np, are separated by >10”.

2. An alpha scintillation counter is used for gross counting,

and a Frisch-grid chamber, 2S6-channel analyzer system is

used for pulse height analysis.

- 162 -

Page 167: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

procedure 8. ExtractIon ChromatoqraDhic Semlratiorl of 23*ND

tion

From Fission and Activation P~]ducts in the “Determination of Micro and S@nntc~gram Quantitiesof u

H. Wehnar, S. A1-Nurab, ●nd H. Stoeppler2s2

Int2vduotion

This procedure describes extraction chr~tographic separa-

Of ‘s’Np from fisAion and activation prtiucts after neutron

irradiation. The system is Poropak-Q resin impregnated with

lTA-xylene. It is suggested that radioactive samplles are more

easily analyzed with extraction chromatography than with lTA

extraction.

ReagentB

● Poropak-Q resin, 100 to 120 mesh

● 0.4PI ITA in xylene (~mall amount of n-pentane added)

● 2M W1

● lM FeC12

● 3M NHzOH”HC1

● 10M HIW3s

P2wmchlw?

1. Dissolve sample in 2M WI or convext to c~hloride with

HCl .

2. Md 3 ml of freshly prepared lM FeC:lZ and 4 ❑l of 3M

NH20HoHC1■ix, and let stand for 1!, min.

3. Transfer the adjusted solution to a column (S cm long and

0.6 cm I.D.) of Poropak Q impregnated with ‘lTA-xylene

nt W1 ■l/(-2.min)C

- 163 -

Page 168: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

4.

5.

6.

When the feed has passed througlh the column, wlzsh with

2 ❑l of lM HCl and then a few dr~~ps of distilled water.

Discard the effluents.

Pass S ml of 10M HNOSthrough tlw! column to strip the Np.

Count the HN03 solution containiltg the 23gNp immediately

after separation with a 3 x 3 in NaI(TL) detector con-

nected to a S12-channel pulse-he:!ght analyzer md evaluate

the 0.106-MeVphotopeak.

Not%e

1. The method was suggested for det[mnining low concentra-

tions of U by irradiating a stan{lard sample of known U

content at the same time as the Imknown and then deter-

mining the 23gNp content of both samples. A sensitivity

of 1 pg of U was determined for IL%1 hour irradiation,

at a thermal neutron flux of 2 IC 10]3 n/cm2-sec with a

cooling period of ‘K!Ohours. WilUh a longer imadiation,

a detection limit of 0.S ug is sllggested.

- 164 -

Page 169: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 9. Separation of U, Np, Pu, and Am by ReversedPhase Partition Chranatogruphy

H. Eschrlch240

Introduction

This procedure describes extraction chromatographic separa-

tion of U, Np, Pu, and Am. The system is Hyflo Super-Cel

(diatomaceous silica) impregnated with tributyl phosphate (TBP)

and aqueous H?#lg solutions of the actinidos.

Reagente and MateriaL3

● Hyflo Super-Cel

● Purified tributyl phosphate (TBF)

● HN03

● Sodium bichromate solution [NazCrzOT]

● Dichloro-dimethylsilane

● Glass column

Rwceduw

1. Add Na2CrzOT to 1 to 2M HNOs containing the actinides,

and heat at 75°C for five hours t~ yield hexavalent U,

Np, and Pu.

2. Wash the packed column with ‘v1O column volumes of NIM HNO~

at relatively high flow and pressure to remove any air

and nonsorbed TBP.

3. Md the sample volume (not greater than 1/10 of the total

column volume and containing a ma(imum c,f 1 mg TBP-

extractable species per 100 mg of silaned Hyflo Super-Ccl)

at a flow of 0.4 to 0.8 ❑l/(min-cn2).

- 16S -

Page 170: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

4. Wash the columm with 1.7M H?U)3to remove (in order)

Am(III), Cr(VI), and Pu(VI).

s. After Pu(VI) elution, switch to 1.7M HNOSI- O.lM NzH4

wash. (Np 1s reduced to Np[V) and elutes immediately,

and U(VI) is remved.)

Nota

If U, Np, and Pu are present , no oxidation step is required.

The feed is adjusted 0.7M HNO, - 0.02M Fe(S03NH2):1 to yield Pu(III),

NP(IV), and UCVI), and the same composition wash !Jolution is used.

The order of elution is Pu(III), Np(IV), and U(VI).

- 166 -

Page 171: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 10. An Analytical Method for *s’lip Usln9 AnIon ExchangeF. P. Robertszlh

OutLine of Method

This method separates Np from Pu, U, Am, Cm, and fission

products by anion exch~e in HNOSsolutions to permit 2Y7Np

estimation by gaama spectrometry. The sample is :;piked with 2ssNp

tracer to permit yield corrections and loaded onto a small colum

of “Oowex” l-X4 (100 to 200 mesh) resin from 8M HIW13containing

Fe(NH2SO~)2 and sem.icarbazide. After washing with 30 to 40 column

volumes of 4.5M HN03 containing Fe(NH2SOy)Z and semicarbazide, the

Np is eluted with dilute HNOs containing 0, 00SM Ce(SO~)z, Np

recovery is @5# with a Pu decontamination factor of 5 x 10”.

Decontamination factors from U, Am, Cm, and gross fission products

are all >104. Uranium at concentrations up to 180 g/1 in the feed

does not interfere. The Pu decontamination factcm can be increased

10 to 100 by following the HNOgwash with 12M HC1. - O.lM NH*1.

Np is then eluted with 6.5M HCI - 0.004M HF. The ❑ethod is appli-

cable to samples containing high salt COnCentratjLOnS.

Reagenta (C.P. C’hmn%a28)

● Concentrated HNOs

● w2M Fe(SOsNHz)z

s Semicarbazide

● 2agNp tracer

MtZte2%Uz8

● ?~~wextf 1.x4, 1oo-2OO mesh

● Glass column, 0.3 cm x 7 cm wit!l 10-ml reservoir

- 167 -

Page 172: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

● Counting equip-n t

PJwf?ed3uw

1.

2.

3.

4.

s.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Adjust an aliquot of sample to ‘@N HNOs Mith concentrated

HFM33.

Add an equal volli .e of 8M HNOS - 0.02 Fe[NHzSOq)z - 0.2M

semicarbazide and mix.

Add 23$Np tracer (’vIOSdis/min).

Pass the adjusted sample through the column at 3 to 6

drops/rein.

Rinse the reservoir several times tiitha few drcps of.

8!4NNOs, pass through the column, md discard.

Pass 1S to 20 ml of 4.SM HNOS - O.IM semicarbazide- O.OIM

[email protected])2through the column at .5to 6 drops per minute

(’Pufrnction).

Pass 2 ml of 8M HNOs rinse through the column.

Elute the Np with 2 ml of 0.005M ~f!(S04)2 in 0.25M WW3.

Catch the eluate in a 2-ml volumet~’icflask.

Mount an aliquct of the Np product on a Pt disc for alpha

counting and alpha energy analysis. (The yield is

determined by comparativecounting of the 0.23 MeV 239Np

gansnafrom the disc with that of a standard 239Np disc.)

- 168 -

Page 173: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 11. Separation of U, Np, and Pu Us-lngAnIon Exchan eF. Nelson, D, C, Michelson, ●nd J. H. Holloway ?2,

GutZine of Method

This ❑ethod utilizes anion exchange .n ml for separating

U, Np, and Pu from “~m-adsorbable” elements which include alkali

metals, alkaline earths, trf.val-,~tactinides,rare earths, and a

number of other elements such as Al, Sc, Y, Ac, ‘I’h, and Ni.

Sorption of the uranides by anion exchangers from HCl

solutions can occur in either the +4 or +6 oxidation states but

not in the +3 or +5 states. In this pr,>cedurm, U is sorbed as

+6, while Np and Pu are sorbed in the +4 oxidation state. Pu is

selectively reduced to PuIIII) and elut:d, while UG+ and Np”+

remain sorbed. The latter are then eluted in separate portions

with HCl - HF ❑ixtures.

Reagenta (C.P. ChmicaZe)

● 9M HCl

● 9M HCl - 0.05M NH~I

● 4M HCl - O.lMHF

● 0.5MHC1 - lMHF

Matefia2a

● “Dowex” 1-X1O, -400 ❑esh anion resin

● Column, 0.6 cm I.D. and 12 cm in length, with heating

device.

● Resin bed, 0.28 cmz x 3 cm long.

● Plastic test tubes

- 169 -

.’. .

Page 174: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

e “Teflon” evaporatingdishes

e Pl!astictransfer pipettes

i%ooedure

:1,,

‘)...

3-.

4.

5.

6.

7“

8.

9,

10.

Evaporate sample to near dryne!ss.

Add 1 ml of 9M HCi - O.OSM HNCl~and heat for S min. Do

not boil.

Heat column to 50° and maintain throughout elution.

Pretreat resin bed with 3 colum~ volumes of 9M HCI.

Use air pressure to obtain flolwof (J.8cm3/min.

Pass sample through resin bed ac 0.8 c.mi’min.

Wash bed with 4 coiumn volumes of 9M E!Cl.

Wash bed with 8 column volumes {~f9M HC1 - 0.05M NH41

(PLIfraction).

Washi bed with 4 column volumes clf4M HC1 - 0.1,?4HF

(Np fraction].

Wash bcd with 3 column volumes cf 0.5M HCl - IM HF

(U fraction].

Regeneratethe column with 3 column volumes of 9M IiCl.

The total time for the column operation is about 80 min.

- 170 -

Page 175: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 12. Separation of Zr, Np, and Nb Us”lngAnion ExchangeJ. H. Holloway and F. Nelson224

Outline of Method

This procedure is used to separate trace mounts of Np and

Nb from micro-amountsof Zr. It makes use of the fact that Zr(IV)

in HCl - HF media at high HC1 concentrationsi:jessentiallynon-

sorbabl.eby anion exchange resin under conditionswhere Np(VI) and

Nb(V) are strongly sorbed.

lkgenta

. 6MiHC1-lMHF-C12

@ 6~~HC~ - 1~1HF

o 0.5MHC1 - 1.OM tiF

o 4M HN03 - lM HC1 - 0.2M HF

Matetiah

e “Jlowex” 1-XIO, -400 mesh anicw resin

o Column, 0.9 cm I.D. x 12 cm ir length containing 2 ml of

resin

e “Teflon” evaporatingdishes

o Plastic transfer pipettes

o Plastic test tubes

a Chlorine gas

Prccedwe

1, Dissolve the sample, and evapcnate it to near dryness.

2, Add 1 ml of 6M HCI - lM HF - C12, and warm.

3, Transfer the sample to a plastic tube and bubble C12 gas

through it for 53 min.

- 171 -

Page 176: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Chlorinate the resin, and add it to the column.

Wash the bed with 2 column volumes (’U ml) of 6M HCI -

lMHF - Clz. Then pass the sample through the bed.

(Control the flow with air pressure at W.8 cm/min.

When the sample has passed, wash ~ith an additional

3.5 column volumes of 6M HCl - lM HF - Clz (Zr fraction).

Wash with 3 column volumes of O.SM HC1 - lM HF to elute

Np.

Wash with 3 column volumes of 4M FNOS - lM HCl - 0.2M HF

to elute Mb.

Regenerate with 3 column volumes of 6M HCl - IM HF - Clz.

The total time for the column operation is ‘k30min.

-. 172 -

Page 177: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

.

Procedure 13. Separation of Np and Pu by AnIon ExchangeN. Jackson and J, F. Short34g

OAtZine of Method

This procedure describes separation of macro umo”unts of W

and Np. It is based on the fact that Pu(III) is not sorbed on

anion exchange resin, while Np(IV) is strongly sorbed at high

HC1 concentrations. The valence adjustment is done before sorp-

tion on the column by dissolving the hydroxides in a concentrated

HC1 solution that has been saturatedwith NHQI. The Np is removed

from the column with 2 M HC1. The separationis quantitative and

complete.

Bocedure

The purificationof 2.3 g of Np237 from approximately50 mg

of PU239 was then undertaken. The Np and Pu were precipitated as

hydroxides, centrifuged,

HC1 saturatedwith NH41.

30 min and poured onto a

2.5 cm diameter, while a

and dissolved in 210 ml of concentrated

The solution was allowed to stand for

Deacidite FF*anion column 20 cm long and

flow rate of 1 ml/nin was maintained.

The first 200 ml of effluent were pale blue [PU(III)]. The column

was then washed with 100 ml of concentrated HCl, and wash was

collected separately. No activity was found in a drop collected

at the end of the washing,

The Np was eluted with 2M HC1. It was possible to follow the

dark green band of the Np down the column, and the first 4C pl of

eluate was included with the concentrated HCl wash. All the Np

●Deacidite is supplied by Permutit Co. Ltd., England.

- 173 -

Page 178: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

was, collected in the next SO ml of eluate. No activity w{asfound

in any eluate after this stage. Some 6-Y :m:tivitywas detected

on the glass wool at the top of the resin cf}lumnand was assumed

to be 2’3Pa, the daughter of Np237.

- 174 -

Page 179: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

,,.,

Procedure 14. !Separatfon of Np and Pu by (hltfon Exchange

V. t). Zagrai ●nd L. i. Se14c1wMcov2’9

Outline of Method

Np(IV9 and Pu(III) ●re adsorbed on tho cation resin KUl or

KU2 from 0.2SM }Kl solution ●f~er reduction with SOz at boiling

water :eqeratures. !#p is eluted with 0.0i91HF, and Pu stripped

with 0.5M HF.

P2%w31iu2w

1. To 6 tc)8 al C 9.2SN HCl containl,rg Dg mounts c~f Np

&nd Pu, add a’~t half of the resir in the hydrogen fom

required to fill the pleyfg!ass cc)]- (1 IUSdiameter x

!90 - high] and 1 to 2 ml of water.

2. Pass S(3Z gas through the solutiontigorouBly for 1S to

,20rein,uhile the solutions heatinl on a boiling water bath.

3. Allou the solution to cool to room t~rature, mnd

ltransfer the resin to the CO]W with a pipette. Plug

the top of the CO1- with cotton, s.nd pass the remaining

solution throug% the CO1-.

4. Wash the resin with 10 ●l of 0.2S PI WI, follouedl by 10

Is!i of H20.

5* IEIute the Np into s Pt dish or a *’7eflon” beaker with

40 to 60B1 of 0.02M HF.

6. iElutethe Pu with 4 to S ●i of ().5#1HF.

- )75 -

Page 180: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 15. Separation and Radfochemfcal Iletermfnatfon ofU and the Transuranfu Elesmts Usfmg 8arfmSulfate

c. w. slll~23012*,125Intrv&uth

Large trivalent and tetravalent ions ~re precipitated with

Ea!50t uhile mnomlent and diwlent cations are not precipitated.

This procedure outlines the separation of U and tronsuranium

el-ts both from other elements ●nd froa emch other. The

oxygenated cations of the hexavslent state ● re too large to fit

into the iJa!Xl~ lattice and are not carried. The !kWt precipitate

Cm Ibe alpha c~~ted directly with 92% counting efficiency, or

the radionuclidus can be electrodqxmited for ●lpb spectmametry.

Rmgmti d E@gment

Concentrated HIS06

C.!P. Kasm

C0ncontr8ted I’m)

ConC8ntrwed perchloric ●cid (HClO~)

C.P. KRO$

C.P. potassium dichremate (K2CrzO~l]

30t hydrogen p@roxido (H203)

Erletmeycr flask

Centrifuge and special tubes

Counting s~lies and qui~t

- 176 -

Page 181: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Prood4r6t

1.

2.

3. .

‘4.

%.

t).

7.

8.

9.

la.

Add 3 g of anhydrous KzSO~ 2 ml of concentrated HzSO*,

6 drops each of concentrated My mlkd HCICI~, and 2.00 ml

of 0.45~ solution of 8aC1202H2C) (S /rng of em) to the

solution containing the elements to be precipitated in

a 2S0-B1 Erlenmeyer flask md evapo]’ate until fumes of

HzSO* appear. (If there is any quc!;tion about removal

of organic Mtter$ ●dd IWO] and/or tlCiO~ and re-svaporate.

Heat the solution over s blast burncIr with swirling until

the excess H2SOb and lKIOti are volatilized and a clear

pyrosulfate melt is obtained.

COIOI the aelt, add 2 al of concentrated H~SO*, and heat

to boiling or until the pyrosulfate’ melt is dissolved.

00 not volatilize tsuch HzSO~.

Cool and add ~10 IDg of solid KICrzOT,, and mix to ensure

cmplete cxidation of Np. Do not heat becBuse 1% Mill

be oxidixed and the excess dichronate will he the]~nlly

decomposed .

Cool to ‘v40*C ●nd add ~20 IR1 of water; boil for I minute.

Cool, centrifuge, ●nd Mash the precipitate; the %p and

U are in the supemate.

Md 0.S ml of SO%H~02 and 2.00 ad] of 0.4S’i !laClz to the

supernate, and evaporate until ftmes of H2!~Q appear to

reduce any Pu that may have folloued the Np.

Heat the H~SOb to boiling, cool for ? minutes, and ●dd

%10 q of KtCr20T to reoxidi:e the l~lJ.

Add ?0 ml of water ●nd boil for 1 wilwte; cool. centrifuge,

and c~bine the supemate with that ~rom Step 6.

Add 0.S ml of SO%tilOZ to reduce Np ~:o the quadrivalent

state, and evaporate to 2S ml.

- 177 -,

Page 182: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

11. Cool and add BaCIZ; then boil, centrifuj~e, wash, and mount

the BaSO~ which contains the 2’7Np. TIN) U remains quantita-

tively in the supernate.

Not88

1. Seweral other shorter procedures fo]: Np are given when

Np is to be separated from one or tl~o other cations.

2. Details are given in the reference ~wticle for depositing

the precipitate on a stainless steel disc that fits into

a specially designed centrifuge holhler andlalso into a

specially designed counting holder,, An alternative pro-

cedure uses electrodeposition of th~! radia’nuclides for

alphs spectrometry.

- 178-

Page 183: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 16. The Low-Level Radiochemica”l Determfnatiom of 237~p

In Environmental Samples

R. W. Taylor3S0

Intro&40t~on

Np, along with Pu and U,is removed frcm 8M HC1 by anion

exchange to triisooctylamine (TIOA). Eac:h element can be indi-

viduall}-removed from the TIOA. Pu is sl:ripped first with 8M

HCl - O.OSM NH*I. Np is removed next will 4M HCI - O.OSM HF,

and U is removed last with O.SM HNO~.

Uost environmental saaples contain large quantities of Fe

that will extract with the actinide elesmts into TIOA, Much of

the Fe will bu stripped froa the TIOA al.cng with Np, but it is

easily removed from 8 N HCl by isopropyl ether. If tho sample

i!~ known to contain no Fe, the ether extraction step may be

otsitted.

Final decontamination of Np is accomplished by solid ion

emhange. ?@ is final 1y electrodepositet for rsdioassmy by alpha

pulse height analysis.

When ths saaple contains large quantities of U, some of it

may foliou the Np ●nd be elactrodepositccl on the plate. 2S’U and

a 9TMp .Mve the same alpha energy (4. 7S MeIV) and cannot be distin-

guished from one another. The Np can ba converted to y~c~ by

neutron irradiation for verification of ~ “~. Also, whwn the Np

activity is wry low, conversion to 2S’PtI will decreas~s the counting

time. Tw-how irradiations ●t a flux cd’ 1 x 10*S n/(cm2-see)

result in 8 2“pU activity level about 7 to 10 times greater thsn

- 179 “

Page 184: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

the original activity due to Np.

R6!agt?nt’%

o HN03, 16M, lM

o HCl, 12M, 8M

e H202, 30%

c NMkOH, 1.SMf

● KOH, 12M

● 8M HC1 - O.OSM NHuI: This rm~gent must be prepared fresh

just prior to use. Discard a:lyunusef reagent at the

end of the day.

o 10% TIOA (triisooctylaminc): 10% vcilume/volumeTIOA in

xylene. Clean the reagent b:y shaking in a separator

funnel with half its volume OF 0.5M HN03. Repeat the

HNOs wash, and wash finally with distilled water. Store

the cleaned TIOA in a glass flask.

g 4M HCl - O.OSMHF

o Isopropyl ether

* “Dowex” 2-X8 anion exchange :rlasin, ~!Od to 400 ❑esh

PmudLir8

1“ Adjust the sample to be analy:z(sd to 8M HC1. Soluble

saaples may be dissolved directly; irlsoluble materials

may be leached with hot MM HCl; aqueous samples may be

evaporated to near dryness and brought up in 8M W1.

The sample should be adjusted 1:0a ccmvenient volume of

from 200 to 400 ml.

2!. Add S m: of 303 }1202 to the !umple wnd heat nt about

80°C until effervescence ceaso:~. COCJIthe sample to about

room temperature.

- 180 -

Page 185: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

3. Transfer the sample to a 500-md separator funnel, Add

an amount of 10* TIOA equal to one-fourth the amount of

the original sa~le. Shake the funnel for one minute.

Allow the phases to separate, and drain the bottom (aqueous)

phase. Retain for other analyses.

4. Add 10 to 20 ml 8M HCI (accordingto volume c~foriginal

sample) and shake one minute. Allow phases to separate,

drain, and discard the aqueous.

5, To strip Pu from the TIOA, add to the separator funnel

an amount of 8M HC1 - O.O”X NHu1 equal to one-half the

voluune of TIOA. Shake one minute and then allow phases

to separate. Drain the aqueous and retain fcm Pu

analysis. Repeat the Pu strip ~ith a fresh Flortionof

8M w] - O.OSMNd~I. Combine t$e two strips, and save

for Pu analysis.

6, To remove Np from the TIOA, ad(d to tho separatcry funnel

an amount of 4M HCl - O.OSM HF equal to one-half the

volume of TIOA and shake for o]ms minute. Allow the

phases to separate, and drain tl~eaqloous which contains

W* Repeat the strip with a f:rl!sh pmtion of 41.! HCl -

O.OSM HF, and combine the two :s’:rips. U can now be

stripped from the TIOA with 0.!51d HNOs.)

7. Add an equal amount of 12M HCl 1:0the combined strips,

and transfer to a clean separatt~ryfumnel. Add 2S ml

isopropyl ether and shake one m:lnute. (CAUTION: Vent

the separator funnel frequentl:r while shaking.) Drain

the aqueous, and retain. Disca]*d the ether in accordance

with safety regulations. Repeal: the ether extraction

with a fresh portion of ether.

8. Evaporate the aqueous phase frornl Step 7 to dryness. Place

in a muffle furnace at 400*C fo]’ at least 4 hours. Wet

oxidize the sample two or threo times with 3 or 4 ml

- 181 -

Page 186: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

16M HWS and 30~ HzOZ. Md 2 or 3 ml 12M HCl and

evaporate to dryness. Repeat the 12M lKl evaporation.

9. Dissolve the sample in 10 ■l of 8M HC1 and pass through

a “Dowex” 2-X8, 200 to 400 mesh, anion exchange colm.

The resin bed should be 50 m long and 6 m in diameter;

it must be pro-conditioned with 5 ■l of &MlHC1. After

the sa@e passes through the column, pass an additional

5 ❑l of 8M ICl through it. Elute the Np from the COIUWI

with 10 ■l of O.lM HC1. Evaporate tD dryms.

10. Md 2 ml of 1(MIHNOSto the sample, md waporate to

dryness. Repeat the W3 waporation. Add 2 ❑l IM HKls

to the sa@e, and heat gently to ensure dissolution.

Cool, ●nd transfer the sa~le to an dectrodeposition

cell. Rinse the beaker twice with 2 ml of distilled

water, and transfer the rinse to the cell. Add 2 ml of

1.SM NH@H to the cell, and add distilled water until

the cell is full.

11. Electrodeposit the sample ●t 10 V and about 200 mamp for

three hours. Maintain the pH of the solution between

1 and 3 during electrodeposition. A: the end of the

electrodeposithn period, ●dd 1 ml o:? 12M B21Hand plate

for 1 min. ~ty the cell , rinse with distilled water

and remove the plate. Dry the plate and flame it.

12. Count the plate by ●lpha plse height analysis. If

there is no U present ●ml if there i!; sufficient 2g7Mp

present, radimssay carI be ●ccoqlishd directly. In

the presence of U or when there is wry little 2%

present, increased sensitivity can be) ●chieved by con-

Z“Iq) to “% by neutron irradiation. Theversion of

●bsence of “% is verified by the initial count.

13. Irradlato the ~ aaqsle for approximately tm hours ●t

● flux of 1 x 1013 n/(cm2-see). A1lCIUtha plmte to

- 182 -

Page 187: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

cool long enough to pemit decay of induced Pt activities

and to allow 23 ‘Np to decay to 2s ‘Pu. Recount the plate

by alpha pulse height analysis. Correct the amount of

‘gepu now present by any originally present on the plate,

if necessary. Calculate the amount of Np present before

irradiation from the activation formula.

- 183 -

Page 188: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Prowdure 17. Radiochemical Procedure for tle Separation ofTrace Amounts of 2g9Np from Reactor EffluentWater

R. W. Perklns1s5

Intmduotion

This procedure accommodates a relative:{ large volume of

reactor effluent water, and emphasis is pla{csdon speed of

separation and high radiochemical purity ratler than high yield.

%ocedure

1. Acid 20 mg of La carrier and S ml of concentrated HC1 to

one gallon of reactor effluent water, and evaporate to

%Sclml.

2. Cool the solution, dissolve 0.25 g >f [email protected]]2, and

let stand for S min.

3. Transfer to a 100-ml plastic tube, ~dd 5 ml of concentrated

HF, stir, and let stand S min.

4. Centrifuge, and discard the liquid phase.

5. Dissolve the precipitate in 20 to S0 ml of 1?4HCl, and

dilute to 75 ml with IM HC1.

6. Add 5 ml of concentrated HF, stir, and let stand for

S min.

7. Centrifuge and discard the liquid phase.

8. Repeat Steps 5 through 7.

9. Transfer the precipitate to a 50-ml beaker containing

3 ml of concentrated HC104, and evaporate to dryness.

1.0. Dissolve!the residue in 20 ml of lM HC1 by boiling. Cool

the solution and dissolve 0.2S g of Fe[NHzSOg]z.

Il. Transfer the solution to a 12S-Ialseparator funnel and

mix, Add 20 ml of ‘ITAin benzene, and extract fcm 10 min.

Discard the aqueous phase.

- 184 ..

Page 189: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

12. Wash the organic phase with three 20-ml portions of

lM HCI for 5 min each. Discard the aqueous solutions.

13. 8ack-extract the 2S9N with 10 ml of 8M HN03 for 10 min.P

14. Place the aqueous in a SO-ml beaker containing 3 ml of

concentrated HC104, and evaporate to dr:yness under a

,leat lamp.

15. Cool the beaker, add %5 ml of 8M HN03, and heat to

boiling.

16. Dilute the solution to a measured volume and analyze by

gaama counting.

Note

The analysis requires ti hours, and tle yield is ~90%.

- 18S -

Page 190: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 18. Detennlnation of Np In UrineF. E. Butler3s J

Outline o~lfetbd

Urine is wet ashed with HN03 and H202 to destroy organic

matter. The salts are dissolved in BM HCI and extracted with

TIOA (tri-isooctylamine). The Np is then back extracted, and

the alpha activity is determined by direct plqnchetting and

counting on low background solid-state counters.

A variation of the procedure provides for sequential deter-

mination of actinides in biological and en~’ironmental samples.

Pu, Np, and U are extracted from EN HC1 to TIOA. The residual

N HC1 containing Th, Am, Cm, Bk, Cf, and Es are extracted from

i2M HNOS to DDCP [dibutyl N, N-diethylcarbamyl phosphonate). The

actinidcs of interest are back-extracted sequentially for quanta-

tive detezminations.

P2qmwztion ofthmpk

Urine collected in polyethylene bottles is transferred to an

Erlenmeyer flask with concentrated HNOI (201 n!l of acid per liter).

Acid is added to the urine in the polyethylene bottle to renwe

the Np, which may be adsorbed on the walls of the container. The

acidified sample is evaporated to dryness, ilnd the residue is wet

ashed with HN03 and HzOZ. Nitrates are metilthesizedto chlorides

by evaporation to prevent interferencewith Pu (liIj removal.

- J86 -

Page 191: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Reqen ib and Equipment

The liquid anion exchanger, TIOA (BrainChemical Co.) is

diluted to 10 VOI % with xylene and washed with half its volume

of O.lN HC1 before use.

The alpha-detectionequ~pment are 211solid-state counters.

The counters arc equipped with detectors ::hathave an active area

of 350 mmz and .me capable of accepting l-in. stainless steel

planchets.

All other reagents used in the procecurc are prepa:redfrom

analytical grade chemicals.

Firoccdure

1. Wet ash urine with HN03 and H202; then add 113ml of 8M HC1

to the white salts twice and evaporate the solution to dryness

each time.

2. Dissolve the salts in freshly prepared 8M HC!,- 0.05M NH41

(50ml ofacid/250 ml of urine in sample), andheat to com-

plete solution.

3. Transfer a 50-ml aliquot of the solution with 25 ml TIOA-xylene

into a separator funnel and shake for 1 min. (For urine samples

of 250 ml or lCSS, rinse the flask twice with 10 ml of 8F!HC1,

and add the rinses to the funnel.)

4. Drain and store the aqueous [lower) ls)er for Pu, Th, #m, Cm,

and Cf analysis.

5. Rinse the organic phase with 25 ml of EM HC1 - O.OSM NHkI at

80°C and shake for 1 min. Discard the rinse solution or com-

bine with solution stored for other actinide analysis.

- 187 -

Page 192: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

6.

7,

8.

9.

10.

Add 25 ml of 4M HC1 - 0.02M HF tn the funneland shake

vigorouslyfor 10 sec. Drain the Np strip to n iOL1-mI breaker.

Repeat a second time and combine the two 25-ml solutions.

Discard the organic phase or strip with O.lM IIC1 for uranium

analysis.

Evaporate the Np strip to dryness. Wet ash with tLYO1and 1[202.

Rinse sides of breaker with 4M IL%03ond evaporatesolution to

dryness.

Add 1 ml 4M lINOIand transfer solution to stainless steel

planchcts and evaporate to dryness under an infrared lamp.

Complete transferwith 3 rinsesof 4M I{NOJ.

Flame the dried planchet tc dull red, cool, nnd count on low-

lCVC1 solid state alpha counters.

Calculation:

Np activityon planchct is determinedas

total count - Bk ddis/(min-planchet)= ~t)(cout=r ~ff ~ -

.

follows:

where: Bkgd. = counter background (3 to 10 counts/24hr)

t = counting time in minutes

counter cff = counter efficiency as a fraction(normally0.30)

The sensitivityof this analysis is 0.02 ~ 0.01 dis/[min-samplel.

The recovery efficiency is determinedby adding a known amount

of Np standardto an aliquot of urine sample and followingthe

same procedure for analysis.

- 188 -

Page 193: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedur? 19. Detetmlnatlon of “’~:pby Ganma Ray SpectrometryW. O. Granade 352

Intrcdactiun

A gama spectromctric incthod was develoFed that allows for

the rapid determinationof Np in process solLtions containing

fissionproducts. The method is unaffectedky highly salted,

corrosive,or organic mcdii3. 237Np is dctcrninedby ,iymma

spectrometryusing a thin lithium-driftedgermanium [Ge(Li)]semi-

conductor detector to resolve the 86.6-keV 237Np gamma ray.

The detectorsystem consists of an Ortcc model 3113-10200,

low-energyphoton detectorwith cooled FIiTprzamp and a resolution

of 900-keV full width at half maximum [Fh’HM) ~t 86.&heV. ,!

4096-channelpulse height imaly~er is used for the accumulation

and storage of the gamma s;)ectra.The data are read onto magnetic

tape or printed out directly from a high-spee’jdigital printer.

Data reduction is performed using an IBM 360.:iystcmand FORTRAN

programs developedto calculatenuclide abundmccs from multi-

channel gamma ray spectra.:

%wcedwe

237Np, has a 0,017233Pa, the daughter ofCalibration.

abundant gamma ray at 86.6-keV that interfereswith the measure-

ment of the 237Np gamma my of the same encrg}”. 233Pa also has

u 0.34 abundantgamma ray at 311.9-keVthat i: not associatedwith

a 237Np gamma ray. In order to determinethe 233Pa contribution

- 189 -

Page 194: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

to the 86.6-)ieV237Xp photopeak. a pure stancard solution of

233Pa is required. 233Pa is purified by passing an equilibrium

solution of ‘33Pa-237Npthrot’gha diatomaceoLsearth column which

sorbs 233pan IIIC 233pa is cluted, and the ‘:7Np contaminant level

is determined by alpha counting ( 233Pa does not decay by alpha

emission). Aliquots of 213Pa are pipetted into a standard gamma

counting geometry. A series of counts of the 233Pa are made to

determine the ratio of gamma counts at the 8tl.6-keV peak to counts

at the 311.9-keV peak. The ratio is used to calculate the 213Pa

contribution to the total counts detected at the 86.6-keV peak.

me efficiencyof the Gc(Li) detector for 86.G-heVgamma

rays is determinedby calibrationwith known gamma standards

between 43.5 and 511.6-kcV.

tkaly~i 3

Tnc standards and sample arc counted in a holder which ensures

a reproduciblegcomet~ at 2 cm. The deadtime correction (always

<20%) was found to be accurate to <1%. The gain settingof the

amplifier is adjusted to provide a peak width of 7 to 10 channels

(FWUM)to allow reliable integrationof the photopeakarea. For

a Gaussian distribution,99% of a peak area is containedin 2,1 x

Fwllhl. Therefore a peak area of 24 channels is used with a gain

setting giving 10 channels FWtB1.

The net counts per minute of 237Np is calculatedby subtracting

the Conqztonbackgroundand the 23spa contril,utionfrom the 86.6-keV

- 190 -

Page 195: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

total photopeak amm.

bmckgromd is a~sumed

average of the comts

The contributia of wdcrlying Co~con

to be linear over lhc peak area. An

from 4 channels on each side of the peak

is used to determine the backgromd correction. For an analysis

above the determination limit (the relative standard deviation is

less than 101 of the measured value), the peak area ■inus the

backgrotmd should be greater thanz:

{[ 1}450 I + 1 . W. Sum12.5

me absolute disintegration per minute value of 7’7Np is

obtaind by dividing the net counts per ❑inute hy rhc product of

the g- ray ahmhince (photon/disintegration) and the detector

efficiency at B6.6-keV.

*“N results obtainsd by ga-a spcctromctfiA coqarison of ,p

and TTA extraction’ agreed ~ithin 5%. An aliquot of I.Ob x 10s

alpha dis/(min-ml) 237Np standard solution was cxtractcd using

ITA. A standard geometry sa~le was =de from the lTA [organic]

phase andone from the aqueous phase. TIM: resulting gama comt-

ing shoued that 97% of the 237Np had been extracted into the lTA

phase. Close agreement between the two mnthods demonstrated the

reliability of the gs pulse height analysis. Samples can be

counted in organic media with no adverse uffects. A lower limit

of detection of 1 x 10” d/m/ml at a confidence levelof 9S1 was

detemined fmm a series of counts using a diluted standard 237Sp

solution.

- 191 -

Page 196: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

F?u,%?rw?lm

*-. !4. A. Itakat and E. K. mkcs, c’. .%d~J@H@t. Cwm. +, 109

[1970).

.;. *. F. Ilidcr. Scieeai tii~:icul P?tiodr for Fwws I%vmea

L.”mcrr:. IEAEC Rqort KAPL-890 ( 19S3).

- 192 -

Page 197: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 20C Spectrophotometric Determqillation of NpR. G. Bryan and G. R. Watw’bury302

Outline of Method

Np is measured spectrophotometricall!r as the arsenazo Ill

complex after separation from Pu and impul-ity elements by liquid-

liquid extraction. U is removed first by extraction from 4M HC1

into triisooctyl amine (lIOA)-carbontetr:~chloride,while Np(IV)

and Pu(III) are stabilized in their nonexl:ractable oxidation

states tJyFe(II] and ascorbic acid. Then Sp(IV) is extracted

from 8MHC1 into TIOA and back-extracted into O.lM I{Cl. The

?ip.arsenazo 111 complex is formed in 6.lM I!Cl, and the absorbance

is measured at a wavelength of 665 nm.

.7eag%~t8

o Arsenazo 111, 0.2$ [~,8-dihydrox:plapthal,ene -3, 6-disulfonic

acid-2, 7-his (azo-2) -phenylarsonLc acid]. Dissolve 1 g

of arsenazo 111 in S00 ml of wate:: containing two KOHpellets.

o Ascorbic acid, 5$. Dissolve 6 gr:~msof ascorbic acid in

120ml of 8t4W1.

c Carbon tatrachloride, (CClk) reaglmt grade.

o I!Cl, 12M, reagent grade.

o Np stock solution. Dissolve higlh purity Np metal in 12M HC1.

● Phosphoric acid, (HJPO*) 1S.9}1, rzagent grade.

● KOH, pellets, reagent grade.

- 193 -

Page 198: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

● Reducing solution, 5% ascorbic acid and 0.5% Fe(II]

ion in 4M HC1. Dissolve 2.5 It of ascorbic acid and

1.75 g of Fe(NH2S03)z in 50 ml of 4hl I{Cl.

● Tri(iso-octyl)amine-xylenc (TIOA in xylene), 5%.

Dissolve 31 ml of TIOA in 500 ml of re~gent-grade xylene.

● Tri(iso-octyl)amine-carbontetrachloride (TIOA-CClb),

5%. Dissolve 31 ml of TIOA ir 500 ml of CC14.

Equipment

● Extractors (see figure in Reference 302).

● Laboratory glassware (beakers, pipet.s, syringes, and

volumetric flasks).

● Spectrophotometer, Beckman model DU or equivalent, with

❑atched fused-silica cells having l-cm light paths.

Pretreatment

The sample of metal or alloy is inspected, and extraneous

material is remved. Cutting oil is remwed by washing with methyl

chlorofom. For each Pu ❑etal sample, take two accurately weighed

portions, each not greater than 200 mg and containing less than

60 ~g of Np. Make duplicate determinations on each sample, on a

solution containing a known quantity of Np, and on the reagent

blank solution.

- 194 -

Page 199: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure

1.

2,

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

Place each accurately weighed sample in a glass extractor

and add 1.5 ml of 12M I{Cl. Mhen the sample has dissolved,

add 1 ml of the reducing solution and 2.5 ml of water.

Prepare reagent blank solutions by adding 1 ml of reduc-

ing solution and 4 ml of 4M HC1 to each of two extractors.

Prepare known Np solutions by adding an aliquot of

standard Np solution that contains an amunt of Np

approximately equal to that expected in the sample and

1 ml of reducing solution to each of two extractors. Dilute

the solutions to 5 ml with 4M WI.

Add 5 ml of TIOA-CCl~ to each of the solutions prepared

in previous steps, mix the phases for 2 rein, and then

allow the phases to separate for 1 min.

Separate the TIOA-CCl~ layer and discard.

Repeat Steps 4 and 5.

Add 5 ❑l of 12M HC1 and 10 ml of TIOA-xylene to each

extractor, ❑ix the phases for 3 min and allo~ the phases

to separate for 1 min. Remove the aqueous phase con-

taining the Pu.

Wash the inside of the extractor wit~h 53 ascorbic

acid-al HC1, mix the phases for 2 min. and allow the

phases to separate for 1 min. Rcmnm the aqueous phase.

Wash the inside of the extractor with RV IIC1. Mix the

phases for 2 rein, and allow to separlatc for 1 min.

Remove the aqueous phase.

Add 4 ml of O.lM HC1 to each extractor. Mix the phases

for 3 tin, and allow to separate for 1 min.

- 195 -

Page 200: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

11. Remove the aqueous phase into a 25-ml volumetric flask

containing 0.6 ml of H3POb, 1 ml of 5% ascorbic acid-

~ I{Cl,and 12.7 ml of 12N HC1.

1~, Repeat Steps 10 and 11.

13. Add ~.5 ml of 0.23 Ar~ena~~ III ~o]ution to the vol~tric

flask, and dilute to 25 ❑l with water. Stopper and mix

the contents of the f’dsk.

14. Measure the absorbance of the solution in cells having

l-cm light paths at a wavelength of 66S nm.

15,(As-Ah) (Wk, LIE ofN@

‘p’ ‘pm = (Ak-Ab) (sqle wt in grama

Ab = absorbance of blank

Ak = absorbance of known Np solution

As = ahsorbancc of unknan saqIlc

Wk = ug of Np in known NF solution

Uclative standard deviations range between 7.2 and 1.1S in

measuring 8.S to 330 ppm of Np in 200 mg samples. Of 45 elements

tested only Pd, Th, U, and Zr cause serious interference, but

only if present in concentrations greater than 0.8%. However,

initial extraction from 4N }ICIinto TIOA remves some U, and Th

is not significantly extracted from HC; solution. Also, lilPOh

conplcxcs up to 1 mg of Zr without affecting the analysis. HF

and IINOI cause low results unless remved by volatilization.

method tolerates the intense radioactiqrity fxom quantities of

*’aPu as Iargc as 100 mg.

The

- 196 -

Page 201: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 21. Microvolumetrfc Complexonetrlc Method for Npwith EDTA

A. P, Smirnov-Averin, G. S. Kovalenko,

N. P. Ermoloev, and N. N, Krot:’26

Outline of Method

Np(IV] is titrated with a solution of EDTA at pH 1.3 to 2.0

with xylenol orange as indicator. The ;?eacticmc)fNp(IV) with

EDTA is stoichiometric, and the color changes from bright rose

to light yellow at equal molar concent:riltions.The determination

takes approximately two hours; the erro:-is tC1.03mg.

Reagenti and Equipmnr

o Hcl, reagent grade

o Test solution, 10 mg Mn2+ and ,50mg NH20H*MC1 per ml

e 30(%KOH

a 10% NaCl in 4M HC1

s 0.:1%xylenol orange

@ Centrifuge tubes

@ Micro or semimicroburet

Pswcedwe

1. Add 1 to 4 ml of Np solution and 2 ml of test solution

containing 10 mg Mn2+ and !50mg of Ni120H*HClper ml into

a centrifuge tube.

2. Dilute to 6 to 8 ml, and heat to 60°C; add 30% KOH with

mixing until the pti>10.

3, Centrifuge the precipitate, and discard the solution.

4, Add 10% NaCl in 4M HC1 dropwise until the precipitate is

dissolved.

- 197 -

Page 202: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

5.

6.

7.

Add 1 to 1.S ml of 4M HC1 COnta:Lning 50 ❑g of NIIZOH”HC1

per ml, and heat the solution for 20 min on a boiling

water bath.

Cool the solution, dilute towldO ml with water, and add

1 to 2 drops of 0.1% xylenol or.mge.

Titrate with 2 x lLI-lM EI.)TAfrom a microburet until the

color changes from rose to brig~t yellw..

lio tes

1, [ICI solutions are preferred in xder to reduce all the

Np to the tetravalent state with NI[2011”IIC1. Ascorbic

acid is not suitable, since its decomposition products

interfere with the titration.

2. Doubly charged readily hydrolyzable ions (Mn2+, Ni2”,

U3Z2+), which do not interfere with the titration, are

used as carriers.

3. Np can bc determined with an error of tO.03 mg in the

presence of large amounts of alkali, alkaline earth, and

rare earths elements, Mn2*, Zn2+, Cd2+, Pb2+, Cr3+ (up

to 20 mg), Ni2+, C02+ and lM322+. Anions which are

separated by strong base precipitation include NO]-,

(3{@0-, SOk2-, C@42-, Cr2072-, and EMA’-. Pu is reduced

to Pu(III) and does not interfere up to 2 mg. 2rh+, fib+,

and Fe3+ interfere because they arc cotitrated with Np(lV).

- 198 -

Page 203: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 22. Photanetrlc Determination of lip as the PeroxideCanplex

Yu. P. Novikov, S. A. Ivanova, E. V. Bezrogova,and A. A. Nemodruk3s3

Outline of Method

Np(V) forms an intensely colored complex in alkaline solutions

(pH >8) . The ratio ofNp(V) to Hz02 in the complex is 1:1; the

molar absorptivities of the complex at 430 and 370 nm are 5010 t210

and 7950 t350, respectively. The method is highly selective for Np.

t?eagentaand Eq? - :ent

. NaOtl, Cl) grade

● 11202, CP grade

● Spectrophotometer and cells.

Pzwcedurw

1.

7A.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7,

Add the dilute acid (HN03, HCl, or IIC1(14) solution,

%2.5 ml containing 5 to 50 Ug of Np into a test tube.

Adjust to Np(V) by adding 0.1 ml of 30% 11Z02, and keep

in a boiling ~atcr bath for 10 min.

Cool the solution, and add 0.1 ml of 0..5}1 IIzOZ.

Neutralize to pl{ 1 to 3 with NaOi, nd add an extra 1 ml

of 4N NaOH.

Dilute to exactly 4 ml with water, and mix thoroughly.

Measure the absorbance in a 1 cm cell iit 430 or 370 nm

realtive to a blank.

Detenninc the Np content using a calibration curve,

- 199 -

Page 204: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Note8

1.

2.

3.

4.

s.

Np(V), but not Np(IV) or N:J(VI), gives a color reaction

with 11:02.

The stability of th(? colored Np(li) peroxide complex

increases as the pH is increased. In O.lM NaOl{ solution,

the absorbance rem~ins unchanged for two hours.

Increasing the HZOZ concentratio~ to >? x 10-3M does not

change the ?l~sorbance. At higher H202 concentrations,

the time for constant absorbance increases.

When the solution contains U, 7 “to 10 mg of (lUi~)zHPOk

is added before the NaOH. Greatm amounts of the phosphate

reduce absorbance of the Np(V) complex.

Fluoride reduces the absorbance of the Np(V) peroxide

complex. Tartrate, carbonate, and sulfate ions to O.lM

have no effect. When iron is present, Fe(OH).q precipitates

and is removed by centrifugation, Up to 300-fold amounts

of Fe do not interfere. Four-fold amounts of Pu do not

interfere.

- 200 -

Page 205: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

procedure 23. Separation of Np for Spectrographic Analysis ofImpurities

J. A. Uheat232

Outline ofllethod

Np mmpounds are dissolved in concentrated HN03, and the

solution is heated to dryness. The residue is dissolved in

dilute HN09, and Np oxidation state adjustment is made with NzH4

and sulfamic acid. The hexanitrato anionic cornplcx of Np(IV) is

sorbed on strong base anion resin; the c~tionic impurities are

not sorbed by the resin. The cycle is rspeated, and the effluents

are evaporated and baked at 4110°C. The residue is dissolved in

6M HC1, and the cationic impurities are determned by emission

spectroscopy.

Reagente and Equipment

● Double-distilled HNOg

● “Dowex” 1-4 100 mesh

● Hydrazine (N2H~]

● Sulfamic acid

● Cobalt solution

● Small glass column

● Spectrograph

Pxx%?dure

1. Dissolve SO mg of sample in concentrated HN03, and

evaporate to dryness.

2. Dissolve solid residue in 2 ml of 0.35M HN03 and add one-

fourth ml of llM aqueous solut.,on of N2H@. Wait at

least 30 min for valance adj’x-:ment.

- 201 -

Page 206: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Add one-half ml of 3M sulfamic acid ,and 2.5 ml of 16M

HN03, and mix the solution.

Pass the adjusted solution thrwgh a 3 ml bed of ILd-mesh

“Dowex” l-X4 resin at <3 ml/(min-cm2j, and collect the

effluent.

Hash the resin with w1O ml of N llN03, and combine the

effluent with that from Step 2.

Elute Np from the resin with 0.35M N3, and condition

the coluam with 8M HNOs for re~se.

Evaporate the sorption and wasl effluents to dryness,

and repeat Steps 2 through 6. (99.96% of the Np was

rermved with two cycles of anim exchange].

Evaporate the sorption and wasl effluents from Step 7

to dryness and bake at 400°C t~ expel hydrazine.

Dissolve the residue in 1 ml of aqua regia, and evaporate

to dryness.

Dissolved the last residue in 1 ml of 6M HCI cont~ining

100 ug of Co, which serves as m internal standard.

Evaporate two hundred Bg of ths solution to dryness on

top of a l/4-inch-diameter flat-top electrode.

Excite the sample for 30 sec b? a 10-amp dc arc using a

large Littrow spectrograph in the 2500 to 3S00 A

wavelength region. The slit width is 10 Urn, and a two-

step neutral filter 100%/3S% i; inserted in the slit.

SA-2 emulsion is used.

Because of the relatively large volume of reagents used,

a reagent blank should be carried throu,~h the procedure. Doubly

distilled tlNOJ was used.

- 202 -

Page 207: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Recovery was 88 to 106% for all elements except Ni which was

65%.

The coefficient of variation for a single determination of

the several elements varies from 9 to 24% with an average of

17%. The precision is affected by large volumes of reagents and

inco~lete remval of cationic iupuritics from the resin column.

The method was applied to determination of Fe, Cr, Ni, Mn, Cu,

Al, andMg.

- 203 -

Page 208: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 24. Photometric Determination of Np as theXylenol Orange Complex

N. P. Ermoloev, G. S. t(ovalenko, N. N. Krot,

and V. J. Blokhin30n

Outline of Metiwd

Np(IV) reacts in weakly acidic solution (pH %2) with xylenol

orange to form a color complex with an absorbance maximum at 550

nm and molar extinction coefficient of 5.5 x 10b. Xylenol orange

is three times more sensitive than thorin but only one-half as

sensitive as Arsenazo 111 as a reagent for Np[lV). The greatest

advantage of xylenol orange coupared to thorin and Arsena:o 111

is the relatively minor interference of U.

Ff&aLJect8Umi Qaipme):t

tlc1

30”. ~al

Test solution, 10 q M112’and 50 mg of XIIZOII”IIC1pcr ml

100 ❑g Sll@H”llCl per ❑l in 7S1IK1

31 xm~ai

0.0S3 xylcnol orange

pll 3wtcr

Spcctrophoto=tcr

Centrifuge tdms

1. M solution containing S to 20 us of Sp to a centrifuge

tube, and dilute to S to 8 ●l; then mdd S0% S3Wuncil

@ >10.

:. Add 1 ml of test solution contrnlnlnr 10 mg of $hlJ* and

50 mK of .SHZCMI-IKI ine= the ccntrihl:c C*C.

-m4-

Page 209: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

3. Mix and centrifuge the precipitate. Discard the liquid;

then dissolve the precipitate in 2 ml c’f 7M HC1 contain-

ing 100 mg NHzOtl”tlCl per ml.

4. Heat the solution to almst boiling on a water bath for

25 min to obtain Np[IV).

5. Dilute to %15 ml with water, add exactl,y 1 ml of 0.05%

xylenol orange, and adjust to #l 2.0 to 2.2 with 2NI.Nl@ll.

6. Transfer the solution quantitatively to a 2S ml volmetric

flask, and dilute to vol-e with water.

7. Mix and measure the optical density of the solution m an

FE’K-M Instrument fitted with a green filter and using

cells sith a path of 5 cm at 550 nm. The reference

solution is the sam plland reagtnt coqositictn as the

Sp solution.

;1012?8

1. the SF concentration is detcrminrd from a standard

cali~ration cume.

*-. The determination wq~ircs ‘-3 hours, and the error usually

{s <slug.

3. ~p c= be detcmined by the abovr method in IKI, IMI,

llCZlllOIo and NzSOb solutions an9J also I,a solutions

containing other anions that arm remowd by the strong

base precipitation: flmride and phosphate interfere.

-ms-

Page 210: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

Procedure 25. Analysis for Np by Controlled Potential Coulanetry

R. W. Stro.matt’”

Intrv&ctwn

Controlled potential coulmetry is useful for detecting as

little as 2 ug of Np, and 7 vg can be dett’nnined with 6% standard

deviation. The general procedure is to first oxidize all the Np

to Np[VI) with Ce(IV), then the Np(VI) and excess Ce(IV) are

electrolytically reduced to Np(V) and Ce(l II). Finally the Np(V)

is coulo-trically oxidized to Np(VI) to determine the concentration

of Np.

RmgeRta and ~uipment

● lM H2S04

● Mercury metal

● Mercuric sulfate

● Pure heli= gas

Q Sodium silicate solution

● Controlled potential coulo~ter

● Titration cell (working electrode Pt gauze, isolated

electrode Pt wirt and saturated calomel

reference)

Plvra2df4n2

1. Add the Np sample and the titration medium into the cell,

and adjust the hydrogen ion and sulfate ion concentrations

to %lN. (The hydrogen ion concer,t~tion is not critical

between 0.4 to 2N but the electrc,de potential of the

Np(V/VI) co~le is affected by the sulfate concentration).

2. Add Ce(lV) solution until there is an excess as evidenced

by a persistent color.

-206-

Page 211: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

3. De-aerate the solution with He for 5 min. [If during

this time the excess Cc(IV) has rc.~ctcd, add additional

Ce(IV)].

4. Apply the potential to reduce the \p(v1) and cxccss

Ce[IV) to Np(V) and Cc(Ill) until chc current bccomcs

constant.

5. Apply the potential to oxidize the Np(V) to Np(VI).

The oxidation is continued until a constant current is

obtained. Make several readings of the intcgrat~’d

current, and extrapolate the integrated :urrent curve to

zero time.

6. Prepare a blank solution containing the same amount of

Ce(IV), and after S min of de-aeration perform reduction

and oxidation titrations at the same potentials as used

for the Np titration. After constant current is rcachcd

for oxidation, read the integrate current several times

and extrapolate to zero time.

7. Subtract the zero-time integrated current of the hliinti

from that for the Np titration, ar.d calculztc tlm mount

of Np based on the instrument calibration. (l”or Illg!lcst

accuracy, the Np lost in the de-mration and from migration

in the cell are taken into account.)

Noh?a

1. The ,Np(V]/[YI] couple can be titr;lted quantitatit-cly and

reversibly in 10101, IIC106, and 112!;Ob; hcnicrcrp more

reproducible results arc obtmincd with 112SO~. Also, the

potentials of the Pu(III)/(I\’) anlJ Sp(Vj/(\l) COIIIIICS arc

separated better in ll@~.

- 207 -

Page 212: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

2. Ce(IV] ion is used for oxidation because oxidation of

?Jp is rapid and quantitative, and Pu(IV) is not oxidized

significantly in H2SOk.

3. Coulornetric titrations in solutions containing organic

contaminants are often slow and yield low values.

4. The concentration of Np in the different oxidation

states can be made using the Pt electrode cell. The

ANP(J’1/(VI) couple Cm be titrat~!d without interference

from oxidation of Np(IV).

Np(VI) is determined by coulometric reduction to Np(V).

The Np(V) is then oxidized coulcmetrically, and the

difference between these two titrations is the Np(V)

initially present. The total Np concentration is deter-

❑ined as previously discussed, and Np(lV) is calculated

from the difference between the concentrations of Np(V)

plus Np(VI) and the total Np.

s. Propst 31’ has reported a coulometric method for Np

utilizing a conducting glass ele:trode in a thin-layer

electrochemical CC1l. Organic conta.mirlantsinterfered

and were remved by a bisulfate fusion procedure.

- 208 -

Page 213: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

REFERENCES

1.

2.

3.

4.

s.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

E. McMillan and P. H. Abelson, Phy8. Rev. 37, 1185 (1940).

J. W. Kennedy, G. T. Seaborg, E. Segre”, and A. C. Wahl,Hzya. Rev. 70, 555 (1946).

A. C. Wahl and G. T. Seaborg, Phys. Rev. 73, 940 (194S).

L. B. Magnusson and T. J. LaChapelle, J. .Amer. Chem. SCC. 70,3534 (1948).

W. W. Schulz and G. E. Benedict, Neptuniun Production andReavervj, USAEC Report TID-25995 (1972).

D. F. Peppard, G. W. Mason, P. R. Cray, and J. F. Mech,J. AmerB.Chem. Sot. 74, 6081 (1952).

W. A. Myers and M. Lindner, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem,, 33, 3233(1971).

C. Keller, The ChemiBtq of the Tronsumnikn Elemente,pp. 253-332,Verlag Chemie, Genmny [1971).

V. A. Mikhailov, Anai!gtical Chemistry of Neptunium,pp 1-10, Halsted Press, New York (1973).

C. M. Lederer, J. M. Hollander, I. Perlman, Tabza of theIsotopes, 6th Edition, John Wiley, New York (1968).

S. Fried and N. Davidson, J. Amer. Chem. SGC. 70, 3539 (1948).

E. F. Westmm, Jr. and L. Eyring, i“. Amer. L7nem. Sm. 73,3399 (1951).

A. N. Morgan, K. W. R. Johnson, ant, J. A. Leary, Preparationof A@tuni~237 hktal. USAEC Repcrt LAMS-2756 (1962).

H. A. C. McKay, J. S. Naim , and M. B. Waldron, InternationalPwoeedinge of the Seoond Lhited IUc:tions Confe~m on thePeax?ful Uaee of Atomic BMW, 28, 2nd Geneva, 1304 (19S8).

D. L. Baaso, U. V. Conner, and D. A. Burton, Production ofNeptwnim &ta2 on a 100 b 400 Gram Soale. USAEC ReportMT- 1032 (1967] .

-209 -

Page 214: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

16. J. A. Lee, P. G. Mardon, J. H. Pear:e, anclR. O. A. Hall,J. phlj8.Chem. SoZid~ 11, 177 (19591.

17.

18.

1!3.

20.

21.

22.

-rJ .

24.

2s.

26.

27.

28.

29,

30.

31.

W. li. Zachariasen, Acts Cryst. 5, 660 (19!;2).

L. J. Wittenberg, G. A. Vaughn, and R. DeWitt, in:Plutonium 1!?70 and other Actinide8, Proceeding cf the4th Intemationa2 Conference on Phaanium and Other Actinides(W. N. Miner, ed) 1970, [?JucZ. Meti:ZZurgy 17, 659 [1970)].

H. A. Eick and R. N. R. Mulford, J. Chem. Phg8. 41. 1475(1964).

D. R. Stephens, J. Phjj8. Chcm. So2ick 27, 1201 (1966).

.J,A. Lee, K. Mendelssohn and P. W. Sutcliffe, Proc. l?o~.Sec. A.317, 303 {1970).

B. Cl. Dunlap, M. B. Brodsky, G. M. Kalvius, G. K. Shenoy,and D. J. Lam, J. .4pp2. Phy8. 40 (3), 1495 {1969).

P. G. Mardon, J. H. Pearce and J. A. C. Maples, LT. Le88Corrnun Metah 3, 281 [1961).

P. G. Mardon and J, H. Pearce, J. Le4?B Comnon MetaZe 1,467 (19S9).

D. M. Poole, M. G. Bole, P. G. Mardcm, J. A. Nichols ir!:E. Grison, W. B. H. Lord, and R. D. l:owler (cd), PZutonium1960, p. 267-280, Clever-Hume Press, London [1961).

G. R. Cope, D. G. tlughes, R. G. Loashy, and D. C. Millerin: E. Grison, W. B. Il. Lard, and R. D. Fouler (cd),P2zdtonium 1960, p. 280-289, Clever-hue Press, London [1961).

O. J. C. Runnalls, J. MetaZ8 5, 1460 (1953).

Il. ,4. Eick and R. N. R. Mulford, J. l’norg. NucZ. C%em. 3i’,371 (1969).

M. Krumpelt, 1. Johnson, and J. J. Heiberger, J. L+?88Cc.wnon MetaZ8 18, 35 [1969).

C. Keller and B. Erdmann, Inorg. Nucl. Chem Letters 7,87s (1971).

B. Hdmann. Prepamtion ofActinide/Lrnthanide-Noble MetaZ(Pt, Pd, Ir, Ah) AZZog Pha8e8 ~ Coupled Reduction, KFK-1444(1971].

- 210 -

Page 215: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44.

4s.

46.

47.

M. P. Mefod’eva and A. D. Gel’ruan, Soviet I?adiochem. 13,613 [1971).

N. N. Krot, M. P. Mefod’eva and A. D Gel’man, SovietRadiochem. 10, 621 [1968) (English Translation).

V. A. Uikhailov, Analytical fiemi8tQ’ of Neptuniwm,p. 10-49, Halsted Press, New York (1973).

B. B. Cunningham and J. C. Hindman ir,: G. T. Seaborg andJ. J. Katz (cd), The Actinide EZemenla, p. 4S6, NationalNuclear Energy Series, Div. IV, Vol. 14A, McGraw-HillBook Co., New York (1954).

E. K. Dukes and G. A. Bumey, J. InoYg. NucZ. Chem. 24,899 [1962).

W. H. Zachariasen, USAEC Report ANL-4166 (1948).

T. J. LaChapelle, L. B. Magnusson, and J. C. Hindman in:G. T. Seaborg; J. J. Katz, and W. M. Manning (cd), TheTzwneuraniz.im EZemente, National Nuclear Energy Series, Div. IV.,Vol. 14B, p. 1097, McGraw-Hill, New York (1949).

V. M. Vdovenko, M8txy of Wanium and Zkn.8uranlumEZement8, p. 236, AEC-tr-6421 (1960).

J. A. Porter, Ind. h%g. Chem. WC. De8ign and Develop. 3,289 (1964).

G. Gibson, D. M. Gruen, and J. J. Katz, J. Amer. Chem. Sot.74, 2103 (1952).

M. P. Mefod’eva, N. N. Krot, T. V. Smkrova, and A. D. Gel’man,Soviet Radio&em. 11. 187 (1969) (English Translation).

T. K. Keenan and F. H. Kruse, Inom. Own. J, 1231 (1964).

D. S. Gorbenko-Gensanov and R. A. Zenlcova, RuM?. J. Ino~.Chem. 11, 282 (1966).

G. T. Seaborg and J. J. Katz (ad), The Actinide E?knenta,National Nuclear Energy Series, Div. W, Vol. 14A, McGraw-Hill, New York (19S4).

P. 1. Kondrmtov and A. D. Gel’man, Soviet Radio-. 2,244 (1960).

K. M. Bagnall and J. B. Laidler, J. Chem. sot?. 1964,2693 (1964).

- 211 -

Page 216: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

48. J. W. Lindsay, H. N. Robinson, H. L. Braadet, and A. J.Johnson, J. Irwrg. Nuc2. L’hem. 32, 1559 (1970).

49. C. Keller, Fortschr. Chem. Forsch. 1.3, 1 (1969].

49a. D. Cohen, lnorg. Chem. 2, 866 (1963).

so. L. E. J. Roberts and A. J. Walter, British Report AERE-R-3624{1963).

51. D. Cohen and A. J. Walter, J. Chem. Sot. 1964, 2696 (1964),

52. G. Koch (cd), Gmel;ne Handbuch der Ano~ani8chen Chemie,lknauraniums, Part C, The ConpoundeB Verlag Chemie -GMBH-Weinheim/Bergstrasse (1972).

53. C. H. de Novion and R. Lorenzelli, J. Ph98. L%em. SoZid8 29,1901 (196S).

54. W. H. Zachariasen, in: G. T. Seabcccg and J. J. Katz (cd),

The Actin<de EZementi, p. 769, New York-Toronto-London (1954);Acts ~et. 2, 388 (1949).

55. V. Emerson and K. Wilkinson, British Report AERE-M-1683 (196S).

S6. A. E. Florin, MUC-GTS-2165 (1943).

57. K. W. Bagnall, D. Brown, and J. F. !asey, J. Chem, See. A1968,2223 (1968).

58. K. W. Bagnall and J. B. Laidler, J. C’hem. Sot. A1965,

59. K. W. Bagnall, D. Brown, and J. F. Easey, J. Chem,, Sot. A1966,286 (1968).

60. W. H. Zachariasen, J. Chem. Phya. 26, 2S4 (1968).

61. D. Brown, J. Hill, and C, E. F. Rickard, J, lChem. Sot. .42970,476 (1970).

62. W. H. Zachariasen, Acts Cryst. 1, 26; (1948).

63. J. P. Marcon, C’onpt. Rend. C265, 235 (1967).

64. J. P. Marcon, CEA-R-3919 (1969).

6S. B. B. Cunningham, “Compounds of the I,ctinides,” in W. L.Jolly (cd), Preparative Inorganic l?~!actione, Vol. 3, p. 79,Interscience, New York (1966).

- 212 -

Page 217: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

66,

67.

68.

69.

70.

71.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

77.

78.

79.

D. Cohen and J. C. Hindman, ~“. Ame~. Chem. Sot. 74, 4679(1952] .

D. Cohen and J. C. Hindman, J. Amer. Chem. Sot. 74, 4682(1952) .

L. B. Magnusson, J. C. t~indm~, and 1“. J. LaChapelle,“Chemistry of Neptunium(V), Formal Oxidation Potentials ofNeptunium Couples,” in: G. T. Seaborg, J. J. Katz, andW. M. Manning (cd), The Tranauranium i%ments, p. 1059,National Nuclear Energy Series. Div. IV, Vol. 14B, McGraw-Hillco., New York (1949); J. R. Brandt and J. Ii. Cobble, lmrg.Chem. 9, 912 (1970).

A. J. Zielen and D. Cohen, d. Phy8. Chem. 74, 394 (1970).

G. A. Simakin and i. V. Matjascuk, Soviet fiadiochem. 11,472 (1969) (English Translation).

J. C. Hindman, D. Cohenr and J. C. Sullivan, internaticnaZConference on the PeacefuZ UBes of Ammic Energy 7, 1stGeneva,345 (1956).

V. S. Koltunov, “Kinetics of the Redox Reactions of Uranium,Plutonium and Neptunium,” AtotiZdat [1965].

A. G. Rykov and G. N. Yakovlev, So&,?t Radiochem. 8, 26 (1966)(English Translation].

J. J. Katz and G. T. Seaborg, The C7umi8t~ of the ActinideEZements, John Wiley, New York (1957).

N. K. Shastri, E. S. Amis, and J. O. Wear, J. Inorg. NucZ.Chem. 27, 2413 (1965).

J. C. Sullivan, A. J. Zielen, and J. C. IIindman, J. Amer.C%@n. SOC. 83, 3373 (1961).

D. Cohen and B. Taylor, J. Ino~. NuzZ. Chcm. 22, 151 (1961).

A. J. Zielen, J. C. Sullivan , and D. Cohen, J. Inarg. NUC2.C’hem. 7, 378 (1958).

T. H. Siddall, III, J. Inorg. NucZ. Chem. 13, 151 (1960).

- 213 -

Page 218: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

82,

83.

84.

95,

86.

87.

91.

92.

95.

94 .

95.

A. D. Gel ’man, M. P. Mefod’eva, A. K, Pikaev, and P. Ya.Glazunov, Radiokhimiyu ,7, 31 (1961).

A. D. Gel’man and M. P. !fefod’eva,P]vceeding% of the .$emndAZ1-Uriion L’on,perence on Radiatiou Ch~!m”etry, p. 167 (1960].

V. F. Peretrukhin, N. N. Krot, 4. D. Glazunov, and H. D. Gel’man,Moklady An SSSR 17;{, 609 (1967).

A. [. Moskvin, Soviet Radiochem. 1S, 700 (1971).

J. C. Sullivan and J. C. Hindman, J. Pkj8 . L%em. H;;, 1332 (1959).

Kraus in: G, T. Seaborg and J. J. Katz, The :hemiat~of the Ac~tinide L’Z.ewentsJ John Wiley, New York(19s!7),

G. H. Coleman, The ,?adiorhwri~try of ,’~utonims NAS-NS-3058,p. 16 (1965).

Y. A. Zolotov and 1. P. Alimarin, J. .“nc j. iVucl. Ckem. 2,5,691 [1!363),

M. Sl$iIohand Y. Marcus , J. lnowg. NL.K’Z.Chem. 28, 2?25 (1966).

I. V,.Shilin and V. K. Nazarov, I?odiclkimiya, 8, 474 (196b).

R. W.,Stromatt. R. N. Peekema, and F. A. Scott, USAI;CReporttfW-S8212(19S8).

P. R. Danesi, R. Chiarizia, G. Scibona, and G. D’Alessandro,J. ‘TOP(J. Nucl. Chin. 33, 3s0-$ (1971).

S. Ahrland and L. Brandt, Acts Cfiern. S,xznd. ;?0, 328 (1966).

J. C. Sullivan and J. C. ilindman,J. ,4ver. Chew. SOC. 76,5931 (19s4).

hl. c. hfusi~as, .Ydiochirn. Act:z ?, 92 :1963).

P. 1. Kondratov and A. u. Gel’man, Radlokhimiya 2 (3),52 (19W).

B. M. il..Bansa] and 11.t).Sharma, J. lrorg. NueZ. [7Rw?.26,799 (1564).

A. 1. Moskvin, Soviet Radiochem. 13 (4),, 587 (1971)(English Translation).

- 214 -

Page 219: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

,.. . . .. .

98. C. Keller and S. H. Eberle, Radiouhin. Acts 4, 141 (1965].

99. T. Ishimori and E. Wluumma, Radiochlm. Acts 2, 6 (1962).

100. H. Irving and D. N. Edgington, J. Incrg. Nu?Z. Chem. 20,321 (1961~.

11)1- A. I. Moskvin, soviet Radiouhem. 13 (4), 59B [19711(English Translation).

102. 1. Gainar and K. W. Sykes, J. Chem. 50C. 1964, 44S2 (1964).

103. A. 1. Moskvin and M. P. Mefod’eva, RcdiokhLm@a 7, 411 (1965).

104. Yu. A. Zolotov, I. N. Marov, and A. I. Moskvin, Run8. J.Inorg. Chem. 6, S39 (1961) (English ~ranslation].

10s. M. P. Mefod’eva, Radiokhimiyu 2, 309 [1958).

106. C. Keller and S. H. Eberle, Radiochin. Acts 8, 65 (1967).

1070 S. H. Eberle and H. Schtifer, J. Inorg. NucZ. Chem. 31,1523 (1969).

108. A. I. Mskvin, Souiet Radiooh6m. 13, 230 (1!371) (EnglishTranslation).

109. A. I. Moskvin, Soviet Radiochem. 13, S98 (1971) (EnglishTranslation).

110. A. I. Moskvin, 1. N. Marov, and Yu. A. Zolotov, Rune. J.Inorg. C?wn. 6, 926 (1961) (English ‘Translation).

111, C. Keller, J. Gross, and W. Bather, personal communication,quoted in Reference 8, p. 330.

112. A. 1. Wskvin, Sov”?t Radiochem. 13, 6S9 [1971).

113. S. H. Eberle and U. Wede, personal communication, quoted inReference 8, p. 330.

114. N. S. A1-Niami, A. G. Wain, and A. C. McKai, J. Inorg.Jh?z. Chem. 28, 1047 (1970).

11s. S. Ahrland end L. Brandt, Acts Chem. Stand. 22, 106 (1968).

116. S. Ahrland and L. Brandt, Acts Chem. Stand. 22, 1S79 (1968).

- 21s -

Page 220: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

117.

118.

119.

120.

121.

Ipo

~23m

124.

125.

126.

127.

128.

129.

130.

131.

R. Portanova, G. Tomat, L. Magon, and A. Cassol, J. Iwrg.hCz. Chem. 32, 2343 (1970).

M. P. Mefod’eva, N. N. Krot, and A. l). Gel’man, SovietRadiochem. 12, 210 (1970) (English Translation).

J. M. Nielsen and T. M. Beasley, USAEC Report HW-SA-3337(1Y63) .

T. Y. Toribara, C. Predmore, and P. A. Hargrave, Talantu 10,209 (1963).

L. B. Magnusson, S. G. Thompson, and G. T. %saborg, Phy8.Rev. 78, 363 (1950).

S. C. Foti and E. C. Freiling, TaZanta 11, 3,S5 (1964).

C. W. Sill and C. P. Willis, AnaZ. Chew. 38, 97 [1966).

C. W. Sill, HeaZth Ph@en 17, 89 (1969).

C. W. Sill in: Synpo#ium on Rapid Methods for MeasuringRadioactivity in the EWironment, CONF-71O75 (197)),,

C. F. Metz and G. P.. Waterbury in: I. M. Kolthoff, P. J.Elving, and E. B. Sandell (cd), Treatiee on i4na@t&?aZ C%enr&Bt~,Vol. 9, Part II, Interscience, New York, (1962).

E. K. Hyde, International Conference cn PeacefuZ U8e8 Atm”cBze~, -W Geneva 7, 281 (1955).

G. A. Burney, E. K. Dukes, and H. J. [~roh in: D. C. Stewartand H. A. Elion (cd), progre#aI in Nuciear her~, Series IX,Vol. 6, p. 194, Perg~n, Oxford (1960).

J. Ulstrup, At. Eh.g. Rev. 4= 36 (1966;.

V. P. Shvedov, S. G. Strizhov, and Chin Tsze-Khon,Radiokhinri~a 1, 622 (1959).

G. N. Yakovlev and D. S. Gorbenko-Genlanov, InternathnaZConference OR the PeaoejhZ U8e8 Atorril? hherg~, 18t Geneva,7, 306 (1956),

Page 221: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

132. G. A. Dupetit and A. H. W. Aten, Ji., Rad~ochim. Acts 1,48 (1962).

1330 S. G. Thompson, L. O. Morgan, R. A. James, and I. Perlman.0. G. T. Seaborg, J. J. Katz, and W. M. Manning (cd),

% ~auraniwn Ehmenta, National Nuclenr Energy Series,Div. IV, Vol. 14B, p. 1339, McGraw-Hill, New York (1949).

134. V. I. Kuznetsov and T. G. Akimova, .%zdiokhimi~a 2, 357 (1960).

135. B. P. Nikol’skii, M, V. Posvol’skii and G, S. Markov, At.kherg~ (USSR) 27, 566 (1969).

136. V. I. Kuznetsov and T. G. Akimova, Soviet At tie= 8, 135(1961).

137. E. H. P. Cordfunke, J. Inorg. NuoZ. Chem. 24, 303 (1962).

138. T. K. Keenan, lno~. Chem. 4, 1500 [1965).

139. A. D. Gel’man and P. I. Kondratov, Radiokhimiga 2, 315 {1960).

140. G. A. Bumey and E. K. Dukes, ?%m@itation of NeptuniumPerotide, DP-594 (1961).

141. K. W. Bagnall, A. M. Deane, T. L. Markin, P. S. Robinson andM. A. A. Stewart, J. C%em. Sot. 1961, 1611 (1961).

142. J. 1,. Ryan, J. Ph~a. Chem. 65, 1856 (1961)4.

143. J. L. Ryan, lno~. Chem. 2, 348 (1961).

144. G. if. Morrison and H. Freiser, So2vent Ertrmtion andAnaZMticaZ Chemiat~, p 30, 145, John Wiley, New York (1957).

14s. A. K, De, S. M. Khopkar, and R. A. Chalmers, SoZventExtraction of MetaZs, Van Nostrand Reinhold, London (1970).

146. H. J. Groh and C. S. Schlea, “The Recovery of Neptunium-237and Plutonium-238,” in: C. E. Stever.son, E. A. Mason, andA. T. Gresky (cd), Progre4?6 in hh.@hcP &her~, Vol. 4,pp. 507-547, Series III, Pergamon Press, Inc., Nev York (1970)

147. L. B. Magnusson, J. C. Hindman, and 7. J. LrnChapelle, USAECReport ANL-4066 (1947).

148. F. L. Moore, AnaZ. Chem. 29, 941 (1957).

149, R. A. Schneider and K. M. Harnm, USAEC Report NW-53368(1961).

- 217 -

Page 222: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

1!s0. E. Shepard and U. U. Meinke, l#AEC @qIIort AECU-W’9 (MSS&

1!51● S. 60 Wrray, USAEC Report *-S~6 ( i968).

lsz. E. U. bkes ●nd g. S. tbrset c, Id. ~. Ckw. &w@. i?wip

f-wwbp. 3, 333 (1964).

154. 0.,C. f%rricos and J. A. T?waassea, KR-$S (1964].

1ss. R. W. Perkins, USAEC Report W-SOSl I (#934~).

1S6. U. Lindner, lEiAEC Report W&L- lJ~SB (196SjI.

1s7. II. P. NoIco*, USAEC Report 0$ ’-$86 [I$MJ).

lS8a. J. LandN, personal c~icaeion.

J59. 8. G. th~VC)’, ]i. G. Meal, A. G. $Whck, umd [. L. koul Qy,J. (Chan?.*. (1947), 1010.

160, R. $hibi:l utd N. Jelinuk, Chum. Lial:& 47 1326 (195S).

16:1. l{.tittc,,A. Naturforuah. J&?, i49 (1 948).

16:! . U. N. Chgutova, 0. M. Petruhhin and YU. A. Zo]otow,Zh,, Ana2it. Nhk. 28, SS8 (1%3) (@$l SSim) .

16:;. L. # . kfOSCCV and B. V. Nomkhov , &u iet Rdicx?hm’!, 1s3,293 (1%8) (English Translation).

1641. 1. f’. Alimarin, YU. A. Zolotov, ●nd E. S. lPalskin,, lk?k~.Akad. Nauk. SSSR 124, 328 (19S9) .

Page 223: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

1?9. u. w. tisyakwo C. S. Gwwyw, 89M9G. S1 Yakowlew,a%qaratimof Trmsuraahm Elcwnts by SOlutkn Ex!:ractfowi in Alky]?boaphorlc Acids, ” Pqter *iwn ●t Transolutoniun S~sitm,Arpwae NaCiomal La&mtory, May 196S. (Proc98din@not PWbsisb?d).

Page 224: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

180, E. C. Chudinov and G. N. Yakovlcv, Soviet Radiodem. 4,443 (1962).

181,, G. M. Mason and D. F. Peppard. tfua2. Sin-. E%$. ?7$247 (1%3).

1824, J. E. Gindlcr, J. Gray, Jr. , and J. R, Huizen~ga, Phy8. Rev.115, 1271 (19S9).

183,, J. C. White ●nd U. J. Ross, NAS-NS-3102, (1961).

184” B. Weaver and D. E. Liorner, J. !%?m. Khg. Datzz 5, 260 (1960).

18s. W. J. Naeck, G. L. Booman, M. (C. Elliott, and J. E. Rein,Anul. Chem. 32, 60S (1960).

186. Vu A. zolotov and !. P. Alimarin, J. irnorg. h%cl. Chem. 25,719 (1%3).

187. .J. Kooi, Joint Establishment for Nuclear Energy Research,JENER-Pub-11 (19S6].

188<, (;. F. Best, E. Hesford, H. A. C. McKa:t, Memi.re8 pre8ent leaa * la Sd?etion de Chiurie Minewz ~, Sedd?tr, P&e, 1958,p. 3890 16th InternationalCongress of Pure and AppliedChemistry, Paris (19S7).

189,, D. E. Homer and C. F. Coleman, USAEC Report ORNL-2830(19s,9).

190<, M. C. Kcder, J. C. Sheppard, and A. S. Wilson, t?. Inorg.Nxcl. Chem. 22, 327 (1960).

191, A. Chc~n6, ElAll. l~lforwr. Sci. Tech. (IDCLP;8) Jb. 66,S8 (1962).

192<, M. dc Trentinian and A. Chesnf, Coma. A. l’Er]ergie Atomique(Paris), Report 1426 (1960) .

193, F. L. Moore, NAS-NS-3101 (1960).

194. R. il. Schneider, Anal. Chem. 34, S22 (1962).

195. R. D. Britt, USAEC Report (1962].

]~b. C. U. Sill, dna~?. Chew!. 38, 8012(1966).

Page 225: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

197. - - - ----- - -- . ...-.> -. ..-. . . . . .

198.

199.

200.

201.

202.

203.

204.

20s .

206.

207.

208.

209.

210.

211.

212.

K. u. Isroun, ~ Ft~rK USCIUL-(;l’-W-l-n Y (lYbUJ .

W. J. Maeck. G. L. Booman, M. E. Kussy, and J. E. Rein,And. Cbl. 334 177s (1%1).

W. E. lteder, J. Ino~. Ml. C7umt. 24, S61 (1962).

V. M. Vdovenko, A. A. Lipovskii,, and S. A. Nik.ltina,Rdidd&@a 3, 3% (1961).

M. kller, Actiti# f?eu. 1, 71 (1967).

1. A. Lebadev, B. F. ~asoedov, ~md P. N. Palei, J.Rr&oana2. @win. 5, 61 (1970] {English translation).

M. Taube, J. Ino~. Nucl. Char. 1S, 171 {1960),

F. Helfferich, Ion Erdange, McGraw-ffill Book Co.,New York (1%2).

0. Samuelson, Ion Era~e Separutione in Awzl~/ticalChmiat~, John Wiley, New York (1963).

C. B. ~hlett, Inoqpnio Ion Ecakqer,a, Elsevier,Aasterdaa (1964).

W. Rieman and t+. F. Walton, lon Erchang13 iw Analyticalchewtia~, Pergamon Press, New York (19’70).

D. L. Uassart, C’atiovAkc~e Tedm@ui?8 in Rczdioch&8t~,NAS-NS-3113 (1971).

J. Korkisch, Modern liethode fop tk Separation of RarerMetal Ione, p. 28-97, Pergamon Press, New York (1969).

J. p. Faris and R. F. Buchanan in: D. (;.Stewart andH. A. Elion (cd), Pm@ese in Nuo?ear fiw~, Series IX,Vol. 6, p. 149, Pergamon Press, New York (1966).

J. Korkisch in: D. C. Stewart a]n(iH. A, Elion (cd),Progreis8 in Nuclear E?uqy, Series IX, Vol. 6, p. 3,Pergamon Press, Nm York (1966).

J. P. Faris and R. J. Buchanan, IJ;AEC Report, ANL-6811(1964) .

Page 226: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

~13* G. A. Burney, Ind. i?%g. Churn. A%la. Design l%vuhp. 3*326 (1%4).

214. F. P. Roberts, USAEC Report IU-$9032 (19S9).

21s. F. P. Roberts and F. P. 8auer, LISAECReportHW-60SS2 ( 19s9).

21sa. G. H. Thompson and G. A. 8umey, USAEC Report

216. D. Cojeticanin and S. Ratkovic, d, Chmunatog.326 (1970) .

217. Fujio Ichikawa, Bull Chain. S@. Japan 31, 7?8

220.

221.

222.

22s.

224.

225.

DP-1333 (1973).

~16,

(19S8].

W. V. Conner and l). L. Basso, USAEC Repmt RFP-141S(1969).

K. A. Kraus and F. Nelson, Proi?. ~Tntern. Conf. PeacefuZ[Iiwa Atomio E’raergba Iat Geneva, 7,,113 (19S6).

E. A. C. Crouch and G. B. Cook, d. lnoq~. ;hol. Chain. 2,223 (19S6).

P. Van Den Winlcel, F. DeCorte, and J. Hoste, Ana2. L%im.Acti ,56,241 (1971).

S. K. Jha, F. DeCortt?, and J. Hoste, Anal. C’him. Aota62, 163 (1972).

L. Wish, AnaZ. Chem. 32, 326 (19S9).

J. H. Holloway and F. Nelson, J. ~hromatog, 14, 2S5 (1964).

F, Nelson. D. C. Michelson, and J. H. Holloway, J. C?uwnatoo.14, 2S8 (i964).

226. 1. Markl and O. 8oble?er, Z. AnaZyt.

227, L. Wish and M. Rowall, USNRDL-TR-117

228. E. C. Freiling, J. Pascual, and A. A.

.-

Chm. 219, 160 (1966).

(19S6) .

D~?l~~~hi, A~Z.~“hem. 31, 33o (19S9).

229. C. Cesarano and G. Pugnetti, RT-!C41-(63)-31 (1!363).

230. Y. Saito and T. Sekine, till. Chtan. Sot. Japan 30,561 (:1957).

231. ‘~u. P,, Novikov, B. F. Myasoedov, and S. A. Ivanova,,’. Anal. Chem. (USSR) 27, 47 (1972).

- 222 -

Page 227: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

232.

233.

234.

235.

236.

237.

238.

239.

240.

241.

242.

243.

244.

245.

246.

247.

248.

F. U. Miles, Rluol. S@~ 9, 394 (1968).

J. C. Sullivan, D. Cohen, and J. C. Hindaan, J. Amr.Cb. Soo. 77, 620S (195S).

Y. A. Zolotov and D. Nish~v, Rtiw&iatq/ (USSR) 4,217 (1962) (EnglishTranslation).

G. A. brlley andC. A. Prohaska, USAEC R~rt DP-741(1962).

F. Nelson and D, C. Michelson, J. ~~~. 26, 414 (1966)

F. Nelson, T. Murase, and K. A. Kzaus, J. Chrcmnztog. 13,S03 (1964).

U. D. Zargrai and L. 1. Sel’Chenkcv, Rudwoheni8tq (USSR)4, 161 (1962) (English Translation).

J. llubenak, M. S. Lew, and G. M. Matlack, Ana2. C’Mm.Actu 48, 233 (1969).

R. M. Harbour, W. H. Hale, G. A. Emney, andJ. T. Lowe,AticbYM~ Rev. 10, 379 (1972].

W. J. !4aeck, M. E. Kussy, and J. E. Rein, Anu2. Chem. 35,2086 (1963).

A. I. Shafiev, Yu. V. Efrawv, V. H. Nikolmev, andG. N. Yakovlev, J. Rudwchm. (USSR) 13, 120 [1971).

M. T. Ganzerli-Valentini, V. Maxit, S. Meloni, andA. Martinelli, Rudiochem. RadiouMc2. Letter8 7, 85 (1971).

M. T. Ganzerli-Valentini, V. Maxi&,, S. Meloni, andA. Martinelli, Radwchem. Raiwancl. Lettere 7, 163 [1971).

M. T. Ganzerli-Valentini, V. Maxit., S. Meloni, A. Martinelli,and M. A. Rollier, J. Radwantz2. [%em. 11, 179 (1972).

T. Tsuboya, A. Kaya, and T. Hoshina, PNC-N-831-70-2,p. 70 [1970).

H. Eschrich, Kjeller Report KR-11 (1961).

- 223 -

Page 228: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

249.

2s0.

2s1.

2s2.

2!s3.

2!s4 .

2!ss .

;!S6.

i!S7.

;!S8.

:!s9 .

:266.

267.

268.

S. Lis, E. T. Jozefouicz, and S. Siekierski, J. Jnorg.Ahu?2. C*. 28, 199 (l&$6).

H. Eschrich, tit, ~hai!. Chandk 226, 100 (1967).

J. Thonsssen and H. H. Windsor, KR-44 (1963).

H. Wehner, S. A1-Mir8b, and M. Stctcppler, Radioohem.Mdioana2. Litttem 13, 1 (1973).

D. Gourisse snd A. Chesn6, And. tfirim. Ada 4S, 311 (1969).

[}. Gourisse and A. Chesn6, Ana2 Clnm. Acts 45, 3:21 (1964).

C. Keller, J. Ch.mnatcg. ?, S3S (11!162).

F. Clanet, CEA-R-3411 (1968).

W. Knoch, B. Muju, and H. Lahr, J. IChranatog. 20,,122 (1965).

YUI.S. Korotkin, Soviet Radiochem, 13, 133 (1971).

C. E. Crouthamel and A. J. Fudge, .’. Inorg. NUCZ Chem. 5,240 (19S8).

T, S. 2,varova and I. Zvara, J. ChJNm@og. 49, 290 (1970).

S. Fried, USAEC Report ANL-4224 (1’148).

J. G. Maim, USAEC Report ANL-4382 [1949).

S. Katz and G. I. Cathers, Nuc2. Aj>p2.5, 206 (1968),,

A., Samartseva, Soviet J. At. t%.eq~{ 8, 279 (1960].

W,,J. deWet and E. A. C. Crouch, ,J, Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 27,173S (1.96S).

Berdikov and Khorev (196S], quoted in Reference 9, p. 1S4.

GasyukJ, Mikhailov, Ternovskii, Fominykh, and Sharapalapov(196S),, quoted in Reference 9, p. 1SS.

M. S. Milyukoua, N. 1. Gusev, I. G. Sentryuri% nndI. S. Sklyarenko,Anal~ticaZ Chemi~try of PZutonium-Mou&va,, Nauka (196S).

- 224 -

Page 229: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

269.

270.

271.

272.

273.

274.

27!5.

276.

277.

278.

279.

2&o.

281.

282.

283.

284.

28S.

286.

287.

A. C. Graves and D. K. Froman, fiL30022aneoue P~8iCa~ andChmnioal Teaknique8 of the bo8 Abw8 Project, McGraw-Hill,New York (1952).

R. Ko. USAEC Report HW-32673 (19S4)

R. F. Mitchell, AnaZ. Chaun. 32, 326 (1960).

C. L. Rulfs, A. K. De, and P. J. E]ving, J. Electrochem.SOC. 104, 80 (1957).

R. Ko, t#UC26WrnC8 15(1], 72 (1957).

G. A. Bmmett, AEEW-M, p. 772 (1967’1.

M. Y. Donnan and E. K. Dukes, AMZ. Chem. 36, 392 (1964].

W. Parker and M. Colonomos, Nuc2. Inetr. cmd Methods 66,137 (1968).

G. S. Petit, J. D. Griffin and C. A, Kienberger,USAEC Report K-1761 (1968).

W. Parker, H. Bildstein and N. Geto:ff, NucZ. Instrwn.Meth. 26, 55 (1964).

K. W. Puphal and D. R. Olsen, AnaZ. Chan. 44, 284 (1972).

G. A. Dupetit, J. Inoq. Nuc2. Chem, 24, 1.297 [1962).

S. M. Kim, J. E. Noakes, and W. W. Miller,, NucZemicn 24,66 (1966).

M. Y. Donnan and E. K. Dukes, USAEC Report DP-1048 (1966).

P. N. Palei, J. Anal. flhem. (USSR) 22, 663 (19S8)(English Translation).

A. G. Samartseva, Sov. J. At. Energ# 9, 2“79 [196C1)(English Translation].

G. I. Khlebnikov and E. P. Dergunov, Sov. J. At. Energy 4,494 (1958) (English Translation).

N. Jackson, British Report AERE-C/R-2767 (1969).

P. S. Robinson, NucZ. Inetrm. Meth. 40, 36 [1966).

- 225 -

Page 230: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

288.

289.

290.

291.

292.

293.

294.

29S .

296.

297.

298.

299.

300.

301.

S02 .

303.

304.

305.

306.

E. Dermendzhiev, Prihry i Tekhniia Ekeperin!c~ta 7,280 (1965).

G. Bertolini, tfucZ. Inetrzun. Mei%z 32, 355 (1965).. .

G. Carswell, ticZ. Inetrwn. Meth. 32, 355 (1965).

M. H. Campbell, AnaZ. L_’hem.36, 2116S (1964).’

E. K. Dukes and W. E. Shuler, USAECRepcmt DP-543 (1960).

P. G. Hagan and J. M. Cleveland, ,1. Inmg. Nuc2. Clum. 28,290S (1966).

A. J. Johnson and G. A. Shepherd, USAECReport RFP-958(1967) .

R. Sjoblom and J. C. Hindman, J. Jmer. Ch@n. Sot. 73,1744 (1951).

L. Koch, USAEC Report K.FK-196 [1964).

N. N. Krot, M. P. Mefod’e*~a, F. A, Zakharova, T. V. Smirrmva,and A. D. Gel’man, Radiokhimiya 17, 630 (1968).

P. Cauchetier, C. Guichar~, and M. Hucleux in: AnaZyticaZMethode for Nuclear FueZ CycZe, ~w~zedi.~n of z s~08~~

Wmna, 1371, p. 433 (1972).

C. A. Colvin, ArtuZ. Omn. 35, 806 (1963].

W. C. Waggener, J. P@. Chem. 62., 382 (1958).

E. G. Chudinov and G. N. Yakovlev, Radic’chmistzwj (USSR)4, 444 (1962) (English Translation).

R. G. Bryan and G. R. Waterburg, IJSAEC Report LA-4061 (1969).

S. B. Sawin, TaZanta 11, 1 (1964).

Yu. P. Novikov, B. V. Myasoedov, ,md M. N. Margorina,Radiochem. Radioam~Z. Letter8 10, 11 (1972).

R. D. Britt, AnaZ. ~Them.33, 969 (1961).

E. G. Chudinov and G. N Yakovlev, Rcxiioclhemiatr~ (USSR)4, 331 (1962) (English Translatio~).

- 226 -

Page 231: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

307. R. D. Britt, USAECReport DP-840 (1963).

308.

309.

310.

311.

312.

313.

314.

31s.

316.

317.

318.

319.

320.

321.

322.

323.

324.

N. P. Ermolaev, G. S. Kovalenko, N, N. Krot, and V. I. Blokhin,J. AnaZ. Ch. (USSR) 20, 1371 (1965] (English Translation).

E. G. Chudinov and G. N. Yakovlc?v, ~adioChenri8tr?j (USSR)4, 329 (1962) (EnglishTranslation).

E. G. Chudinov and G. N. Yakovlev , .F&iochemi8t~ (USSR)4, 443 (1962) [English Transition).

E. G. Chudinov and G. N. Yakovlev, Radiochemi8t~ (USSR)4, 526 (1962) (English Translation].

E. G. Chudinov, J. AnaZ. Chem. (lEl’??) 20, 880 (196S)(English Translation).

R. W. Stromatt, USAEC Report NW-59447 (19S9].

M. O. Fulda, USAECReport DP-673 (1962).

J. S. Buckingham,USAEC Report TID-7660 {1963).

W. L. Delvin and L. R. Duncan, USA.ECRepo:rt HW-SA-2635(1962) .

C. E. Plock and W. S. Polkinghorne, Talcznta 14, 1356 (1967).

R. C. Propst, AnaZ. Cl&m. 43, 994 (1971).

R. W. Stromatt, AnaZ. ~’hem. 32, 134 (196011.

L. J. SIee, G. Phillips, and E. N. ,Jenkins, Ana@8t 84,596 (1959).

K. A. Kraus, F. Nelson, and G. L. Johnson, J. Amer. Chem.Sot. 72, 2510 (1949).

E. N. Jenkins, C/R-2721 (1958).

J. C. Hindman and E. S. Kritchevsky, J. Amer. C’hem.Sot. 72, 953 (19S0).

G. W. C. Milner in, Ana@ticaZ Ch@m18t~, Proceedi~8 ofan International S~08iwn8 Bimminglw UnivereiQ$Bimningti, England, p. 255 (1963).

- 227 -

Page 232: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

32S. J. H. Moss, R-3214 (1960).

326.

327.

328.

329.

330.

331.

332.

333.

3S4.

335.

356.

337.

338.

339.

340.

341*

A. P. Smirnov-Averin, G. S. Kovalenko, N. P. Ermlaeu,and N. N. hot, J. AMZ. C’hwn. (USSR) :!1, 62 (1966)(English Translation).

F. Caligua, L. Martinet, and G. Duyckaerts, J. E2ectro-mu2@cu2 Chin. 16, 335 (1968).

J. G. Conway and R. D. McLaughlin, J. Opt. SCIC. Am 46,91 (1956).

F. S. Tomkins and N. Fred, J. @t. Sot. Am. 39, 3S7 [1959).

R. Ko, WZ. ~f?t@. 23. 10 (19S9).

F. Clanet, Ana@ticaZ Chai8t~, RwJeI?d{w8 of anInternational S&po8iwn, Binuinghm tht;vereil~,Biming:nn, ~Zand, p. 28 (1963).

J. H. LandN, !4. Lindner, and N. Jones, Anu;!.Chin.41, 840 (1965).

W. R. Comman, E. J. Hennelly, and C. J. Ban:ick,NucZ. Sci. Eng. 31, 149 (1968).

P. Chastagner and B. Tiffany, Intern. ?. Masa.Spectrcrn. Ion Ph@ca 9, 325 (1972).

R. J. Kofoed, USAEC Report HN-SA-2530 (1962).

Yu. P. Novikov, M. M. Kakhana, N. P. Xl’in, andM. M. Margorina, J. And. Chem. (USSR) 27, 42: (1972).

G. C. Nelson, B. G. Saunders, and U. John, Plqp. Rev. 188,4 (1969).

C. J. Banick, Ana2. Chem. 37, 434 (19[1S).

R. E. Cofield, ffea2thPhytr.9, 283 [1963).

G. A. Bamett, U. A. V. Brown, and D. J. Fexrett, ReactorSci. Tech. 17, 389 (1963].

J. A. Stone and W. L. Phillinger, “Isomer Shifts inNeptunium Coqounds” in Discussions OF the FaradaySociety on The M&NdMueF Effect, London (1967).

- 228 -

Page 233: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

342. J. A. Stone, W. C. Pillinger and D. G,,Karraker,lnurg,Chem. 8, 2519 (1969).

342a. B. D. Ounlop and G. M. Kalvius, Phg8. Rev. 186, 1296(1969).

343. J. E. Ballon, W. J. Bair, A. C. Case and R. C. ThompsonHealth P@8. 8, 68S (1962).

344. Health Phy8, 3, 1-380 (1960).

345. H. B. Garden and E. Nielson in: AnnuaZ Review of RuczearScience, Vol. 7, p. 47, Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto,California, (1957).

346. E. D. Clayton and S. R. Bierman, Actinide Rev., 1,409 (1971).

347. H. L. Smith in: Collected Radioehemical %ooedurea, 2nd Edition,USAECReport LA-1721 (1966).

348. J. Landrum, Private Ccmmumication, Lawrence LivennoreLaboratory (1973).

349. N. Jackson and J. F. Short. British Repmt AERE-M-444(19s9) .

350. R. W. Taylor, Private Communication, Sa’iannah RivexLaboratory (1973).

3s1. F. E. Butler, Health Phy8. 15, 19 (1968].

352. W. O. Granade, Private Communication, !5iwannah RiverLaboratory (1973).

3s3. Yu. P. Novikov, S. A. Ivanova, E. V. Berrogovm andA. A. Nemodruk, J. AY&Z. C&m. (USSR) ,27, 1375 (1972).

- 229 -

Page 234: The Radio Chemistry of Neptunium(Np).US AEC

ENI)

DATE FILIMIED2 / .~m~~pv~s—d‘-9”,-, .-...-